WO2019137285A1

WO2019137285A1 - Data transmission method, network device, and storage medium

Info

Publication number: WO2019137285A1
Application number: PCT/CN2019/070173
Authority: WO
Inventors: 徐海博; 朱元萍; 王键; 刘菁
Original assignee: 华为技术有限公司
Priority date: 2018-01-12
Filing date: 2019-01-03
Publication date: 2019-07-18
Also published as: CN110035566B; CN114666921A; CN114666921B; CN110035566A

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission method, a network device, and a storage medium. The method comprises: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a terminal device by means of a first RLC bearer, the first data packet being a data packet of a data radio bearer (DRB) of the terminal device; the first network device sends a second data packet to a second network device by means of a second RLC bearer, the second data packet comprising an uplink GTP tunnel destination and the first data packet, the uplink GTP tunnel destination being an uplink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the second network device, the uplink GTP tunnel destination corresponding to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponding to the identifier of the DRB. Thus, data transmission in a relay network architecture is implemented.

Description

Data transmission method, network device and storage medium

Technical field

The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method, a network device, and a storage medium.

Background technique

In order to enhance network coverage and increase network capacity, an effective method is to deploy a relay node. In the system architecture in which the relay node is deployed, the terminal device is connected to the base station through the relay node. In this case, the base station to which the relay node is connected may be referred to as a donor (Donor) base station, and the base station may be connected to the core network. The system architecture can be classified into a single-hop relay architecture and a multi-hop relay architecture according to the number of relay nodes between the terminal device and the base station.

In the fifth generation (5Generation, 5G) New Radio (NR) mobile communication system, a Control Unit (CU)-Distributed Unit (DU) separation technology is introduced, in which the CU is also called To control a node or a central unit. DU is also known as a distributed unit. If the data transmission method based on the CU-DU architecture is applied to the relay architecture, the following problems may occur: 1. The relay architecture has multiple hops, and it is obvious that the data transmission method of the CU-DU architecture cannot be applied to this situation; The CU-DU is connected through a wired medium, such as an optical fiber. In the relay architecture, the relay node and the base station are connected through a wireless interface. Therefore, how to implement data transmission of the relay architecture system has become a technical problem to be solved in this application.

Summary of the invention

The present application provides a data transmission method, a network device, and a storage medium, thereby implementing data transmission of a relay architecture system.

In a first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, including: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a terminal device by using a first RLC bearer; and the first data packet is a data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device. Data packet; the first network device sends a second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer; the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet; and the uplink GTP The tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the first RLC bearer The configuration, and corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer; the first network device determines the uplink GTP tunnel according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point. End point, and determining a second RLC bearer according to the GTP tunnel end point and the corresponding relationship between the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer. And sending, by the second RLC bearer, the second data packet to the second network device. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device is implemented.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel The relationship is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet of the data radio bearer sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device notifying the following information The terminal device: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint, the correspondence between the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second RLC bearer And the corresponding relationship between the configuration and the destination of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the second network device; correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer, the first network device further includes: The first network device receives the message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an end of the uplink GTP tunnel, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and an identifier of the DRB Corresponding relationship, and a correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the first data packet is a PDCP PDU, and the first data packet is carried by the first RLC between the first network device and the terminal device, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer. Layer reception

The second data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer, a second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including The second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the second RLC bearer, and the second MAC layer And transmitting by the second physical layer.

Optionally, the third data packet corresponding to the second data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the first network device The third data packet includes the second data packet.

The beneficial effects of the present application include: by the third data packet carrying the indication information, the second network device can identify, by using the indication information, that the data packet included in the third data packet is not the data packet of the first network device, thereby Improve the reliability of data transmission.

Optionally, the uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the first data packet included in the second data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

The beneficial effects of the application include: the uplink GTP tunnel destination carried in the second data packet is further used to indicate that the first data packet included in the second data packet is not a data packet of the first network device, thereby improving data The reliability of the transmission.

Optionally, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay devices; the first network device is the first one of the uplink communication paths of the terminal device to the base station; the second The network device is the base station or is the second relay device in the uplink communication path; where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a second aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; the first data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel The end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

Transmitting, by the first network device, a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP The tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the first uplink GTP tunnel end, and the first Corresponding relationship between an uplink GTP tunnel end point and a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, determining a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and according to a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Determining a second RLC bearer. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the Corresponding relationship between the configuration of an RLC bearer and the end of the first uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the first uplink GTP tunnel a correspondence between an end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an end point of the first uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the The correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the second uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the third network device;

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes: receiving, by the first network device, a second message sent by the third network device, The second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the Correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the second uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the first data packet passes a first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer receive;

The second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device;

The third data packet is sent by a second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further include: at least one of a first UDP layer, a first IP layer, and a first PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device. The first data packet passes through the first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the first network device and the second network device The at least one layer in the first PDCP layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are received.

Optionally, the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer process, and a second PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device. ,include:

Transmitting, by the second GTP-U layer, the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the third data packet between the third network device and the first network device The at least one layer in the second PDCP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

Optionally, the first uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the second uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and a base station;

The second network device is an n-1th relay device in the uplink communication path;

The third network device is the base station or the n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay devices;

Where n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

In a third aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a second network device by using an RLC bearer; and the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel end point and a second a data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; The configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the end of the uplink GTP tunnel; the end of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The beneficial effects of the present application include: receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the uplink GTP tunnel destination is the first network The uplink GTP tunnel end point between the device and the second network device; the RLC bearer corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end of the uplink GTP tunnel, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel correspond to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, Corresponding relationship between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes:

Transmitting, by the first network device, the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the RLC bearer, the uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the terminal device The correspondence between the identifiers of the DRBs and the correspondence between the configurations of the RLC bearers and the end points of the uplink GTP tunnels.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by a GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, a MAC layer, and a physical layer between the second network device and the first network device; the second data packet Is the PDCP PDU of the terminal device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the second network device And receiving, by the GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, between the first network device, where the first data packet passes through the second network device and the first network device The at least one of the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer are received.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the uplink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The second network device is an Nth relay device in an uplink communication path of the terminal device to the base station;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a fourth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a second network device by using a first RLC bearer; and the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel end point and a a second data packet, where the second data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink between the first network device and the second network device The end point of the GTP tunnel; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; the first network device passes the second RLC The bearer sends the second data packet to the terminal device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration of the second RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

The beneficial effects of the present application include: the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; determining the GTP according to the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the GTP tunnel end point. The end of the tunnel. And determining, according to the GTP tunnel end point, and the corresponding relationship between the GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer, or the correspondence between the GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer through the DRB and the GTP tunnel terminal, as described above, Determining a second RLC bearer, and finally transmitting the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; thereby implementing data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device.

Optionally, the method further includes: the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device; and correspondingly, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer And the first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the downlink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer, the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Corresponding relationship between the configuration of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device by The first network device configuration;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: the first network device sending a second message to the second network device, where the The second message includes: a mapping relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by a GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device; The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes the first The GTP-U layer between the network device and the second network device, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer are sent, including: the first data packet passes through the first network device And a GTP-U layer between the second network device, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the first RLC bearer, and the first MAC layer And transmitting with the first physical layer.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet includes the second data packet that is sent to the terminal device.

Optionally, the downlink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the first data packet includes the second data packet that is sent to the terminal device.

Optionally, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay devices;

The first network device is an Nth relay device in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device;

The second network device is an N-1th relay device in the downlink communication path. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

In a fifth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a second network device by using a first RLC bearer; and the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel An end point and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is between the first network device and the second network device The downlink GTP tunnel end point; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; The first network device sends a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end Corresponding to the second RLC carrier; said DRB the second downlink GTP tunnel endpoint the terminal device corresponding to the identifier.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device; correspondingly, the first network device, before receiving the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, further includes The first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first Corresponding relationship between the end point of the GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: the first network device sending a second message to the second network device, where The second message includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer; and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device Corresponding relationship of the identifier of the DRB; the first network device sends a third message to the third network device, where the third message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, and Corresponding relationship between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel, determining the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel, and according to the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel, and the corresponding end of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the second RLC bearer Relationship, determining the second RLC bearer. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

Optionally, the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the corresponding relationship between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the third network device; correspondingly, the first Before the network device sends the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer, the first network device receives the fourth message sent by the third network device, where the fourth message includes: And a corresponding relationship between the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the second RLC bearer; and the corresponding relationship between the end of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet passes a first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer Transmitting; the third data packet is sent by a second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further include: at least one of a first UDP layer, a first IP layer, and a first PDCP layer; correspondingly, the first a data packet is sent by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device, including: Passing a data packet through a first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the first PDCP layer between the first network device and the second network device Said at least one layer, said first RLC bearer, said first MAC layer and said first physical layer transmitting.

Optionally, the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer; correspondingly, the first And transmitting, by the second network device, the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer, where the third data packet includes: Transmitting, by the third network device, the second GTP-U layer, the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the second PDCP layer between the third network device and the first network device The at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: first indication information; the first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is A data packet sent to the third network device.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is the third network device Packet.

Optionally, the first network device is an nth relay device in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device;

The second network device is an n+1th relay device or the base station in the downlink communication path;

The third network device is an n-1th relay device in the communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

In a sixth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including: a first network device sends a first data packet to a second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet The second data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; The configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device Sending a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The beneficial effects of the present application include: receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the downlink GTP tunnel destination is the first network A downlink GTP tunnel end point between the device and the second network device; the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

Optionally, the correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the second network device . Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the second message sent by the second network device, the second The message includes: a correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and a correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, a MAC layer, and a physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the second network device Transmitting with the GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the first network device, including: the first data packet passes through the second network device and the first network device The at least one of the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer are transmitted.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the downlink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the second network device.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The second network device is a first one of the downlink communication paths of the terminal device to the base station; where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a seventh aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device; the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is the An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and Corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

In an eighth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the first data packet is The data of the terminal device radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP tunnel An end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP tunnel The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The ninth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device a radio bearer of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a tenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal The data of the device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first Corresponding to the configuration of an RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration and location of the second RLC bearer The identifier of the DRB corresponds to the identifier.

In an eleventh aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point a downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device, where the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP is The tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a twelfth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a sending module, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device The data packet of the downlink GTP tunnel is the downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the second network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; The downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a thirteenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet, where the uplink GTP tunnel end point is An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and Corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

In a fourteenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the first data packet is The data of the terminal device radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP tunnel An end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP tunnel The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a fifteenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device a radio bearer of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a sixteenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal The data of the device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first Corresponding to the configuration of an RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to a configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration and location of the second RLC bearer The identifier of the DRB corresponds to the identifier.

In a seventeenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point a downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device, where the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP is The tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In an eighteenth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device The data packet of the downlink GTP tunnel is the downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the second network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; The downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a nineteenth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the first aspect and the optional aspect of the first aspect.

In a twentieth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the second aspect and the second aspect.

In a twenty-first aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the third aspect and the third aspect.

In a twenty-second aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the fourth aspect and the optional aspect of the fourth aspect.

In a twenty-third aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the fifth aspect and the fifth aspect.

In a twenty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the sixth aspect and the sixth aspect.

In a twenty-fifth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device.

Transmitting, by the first network device, a second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer; the second data packet includes a third data packet; the third data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the a first data packet; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is a GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and The configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the uplink The correspondence of the GTP tunnel end points is configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device are configured by the third network device .

Obtaining, by the first network device, the following information about the configuration of the third network device: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel and the terminal device The correspondence between the identifiers of the DRBs.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point are configured by the second network device.

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device receives the message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.

The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

The third data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by using a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, including:

The second data packet is sent by at least one of the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer.

Optionally, the second data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the second data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

Optionally, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay devices; the first network device is the first one of the uplink communication paths of the terminal device to the base station; the second The network device is the base station or a second relay device in the uplink communication path; the third network device is the base station. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. If the second network device is the access network device, the second network device and the third network device are the same network device.

In a twenty-sixth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes the second data packet;

Transmitting, by the first network device, a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes the second data packet; and the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the second The configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device sending a first message to the second network device, where the first The message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the third network device.

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device receives the second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device, and is received by a first MAC layer and a first physical layer;

The third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the third network device.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

Optionally, the first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and a base station; and the second network device is an n-1th in the uplink communication path. a relay device; the third network device is the base station or an n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path; the terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay devices; , n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

In a twenty-seventh aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a second data packet; and the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet; The third data packet is a data radio bearer DRB data packet of the terminal device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; and the RLC bearer configuration and The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to; the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the RLC bearer, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the correspondence between the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the The correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device.

The first network device sends a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer.

The first network device notifies the third network device of: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the DRB of the terminal device The corresponding relationship of the logo.

The first data packet is received by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

The second data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

The GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, and includes:

The second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and at least one of the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer.

The first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

The first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The third network device is a first one of the uplink communication paths;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a twenty-eighth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device and a second data packet; the second data packet The method includes: a downlink GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB that is sent to the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device and the Determining a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the third network devices;

Transmitting, by the first network device, the third data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second RLC bearer The configuration corresponds.

The configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes:

The first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device.

Obtaining, by the first network device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device configured by the third network device.

The downlink GTP tunnel destination, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the second The correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer, the method includes:

The first network device notifies the third network device of the following information: the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint, and the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device;

The second data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device.

The third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

The GTP-U layer of the first network device and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer;

The RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device further includes: an adaptation layer;

The first data packet is received by the adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device;

The second data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device;

The GTP-U layer of the first network device and the adaptation layer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer;

The first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

The terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay devices;

The second network device is the N-1th relay device in the base station or the downlink communication path;

The third network device is the base station. If the second network device is the base station, the second network device and the third network device are the same network device.

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a twenty-ninth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device and a second data packet;

The first network device sends the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes: the device identifier of the third network device and the second data packet; The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes: receiving, by the first network device, the first message sent by the second network device, where A message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the first network device.

The first network device sends a second message to the fourth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet is carried by the first RLC between the first network device and the second network device, and is received by the first MAC layer and the first physical layer;

The first data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the fourth network device and the first network device.

The first network device and the second network device further include a first adaptation layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device, including:

The first data packet is received by the first adaptation layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device.

The second network device further includes a second adaptation layer between the first network device and the fourth network device;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the fourth network device and the first network device, including:

The third data packet is sent by a second adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the fourth network device and the first network device.

The first data packet further includes: first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

The third data packet further includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the fourth network device.

The second network device is the base station or the n-1th relay device in the downlink communication path;

The third network device is an Nth relay device in the downlink communication path;

The fourth network device is an n+1th relay device in the downlink communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

Where n is a positive integer greater than 1, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

In a thirtieth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

The first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device and the second data packet; and the second data packet includes: a downlink GTP a tunnel end point and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is between the first network device and the third network device The downlink GTP tunnel end point; the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the DRB identifier of the terminal device.

The configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer;

The first network device notifies the third network device of the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Corresponding relationship between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device, the method further includes:

The first network device receives the message sent by the second network device; the message includes: a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC and a destination of the downlink GTP tunnel.

Corresponding relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device;

And the first network device acquires a message that is configured by the third network device, and a corresponding relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The first data packet is sent by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

The second data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by using a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, including:

The second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device and at least one of the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer.

The RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes: an adaptation layer;

The first data packet is sent by the adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer.

The second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer and at least one of the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer.

The first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet sent to the second network device.

The first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The second network device is a first relay device in a downlink communication path of the terminal device to the base station;

The third network device is an Nth relay device in the downlink communication path; where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a thirty-first aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device.

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes a third data packet, where the third data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the a data packet; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is a GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and the a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a configuration corresponding to the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

In a thirty-second aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a second data packet;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes the second data packet, a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the second RLC The configuration of the bearer corresponds.

In a thirty-third aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a second data packet; and the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; The third data packet is a data radio bearer DRB data packet of the terminal device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; and the RLC bearer configuration Corresponding to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a thirty-fourth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device, and a second data packet; The packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB that is sent to the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel destination is the first network device and a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the third network devices;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, the third data packet to the terminal device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration corresponding to the second RLC bearer .

In a thirty-fifth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and a second data packet;

a sending module, configured to send the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer, where the third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and the second data packet; The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a thirty-sixth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a sending module, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to the second network device, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device and a second data packet; where the second data packet includes: a GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device and the third network device The end of the downlink GTP tunnel; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the end of the downlink GTP tunnel; the end of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a thirty-seventh aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

The receiver is configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device.

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes a third data packet, where the third data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the a data packet; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is a GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and the The configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

In a thirty-eighth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a second data packet;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes the second data packet, a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the second RLC The configuration of the bearer corresponds.

In a thirty-ninth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a second data packet; and the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; The third data packet is a data radio bearer DRB data packet of the terminal device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; and the RLC bearer configuration Corresponding to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a fortieth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device and a second data packet; and the second data The packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB that is sent to the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel destination is the first network device and a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the third network devices;

a transmitter, configured to send the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration corresponding to the second RLC bearer .

In a forty-first aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, and includes:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device and a second data packet;

a transmitter, configured to send the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer, where the third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and the second data packet; The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a forty-second aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device and a second data packet; where the second data packet includes: a GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device and the third network device The end of the downlink GTP tunnel; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the end of the downlink GTP tunnel; the end of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

In a forty-third aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the twenty-fifth aspect and the optional aspect of the twenty-fifth aspect .

In a forty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the twenty-sixth aspect and the optional aspect of the twenty-sixth aspect .

In a forty-fifth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the twenty-seventh aspect and the twenty-seventh aspect .

In a forty-sixth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the twenty-eighth aspect and the optional aspect of the twenty-eighth aspect .

In a forty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the twenty-ninth aspect and the optional aspect of the twenty-ninth aspect .

In a forty-eighth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the thirtieth aspect and the third aspect.

In a forty-ninth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

The first network device sends a second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer; the second data packet includes an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB Identifying the first data packet; wherein the identifier of the first network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device; the identifier of the terminal device is capable of uniquely identifying at least the first network device The identifier of the terminal device; the combination of the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the configuration and location of the first RLC bearer The identifier of the DRB corresponds to the identifier.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring the first RLC bearer, and configuring a correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet of the data radio bearer sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device.

The first network device acquires an identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the combination of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB are Second network device configuration.

Receiving, by the first network device, a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and the Correspondence between the combination of the identifiers of the DRBs and the configuration of the second RLC bearers.

Optionally, the second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes an adaptation layer;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including:

The second data packet is sent by the adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer.

Optionally, the second data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the third data packet included in the second data packet is a data packet of the terminal device.

Optionally, the indication information is at least one of an identifier of the first network device of the terminal device.

Optionally, the terminal device communicates with the access network device by using the N relay devices; the first network device is the first one of the uplink communication paths of the terminal device to the access network device The second network device is the access network device or the second one of the uplink communication paths; and the third network device is the access network device. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. If the second network device is the access network device, the second network device and the third network device are the same network device.

In a fifty aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device And a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the third network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

The first network device sends a third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB The identifier, and the second data packet; the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB correspond to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the first RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device sending a first message to the second network device, where the first The message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the second RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the fifth network device. Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes: receiving, by the first network device, a second message sent by the fifth network device, The second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the second RLC bearer relationship.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device, and is received by a first MAC layer and a first physical layer; The packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the fifth network device.

Optionally, the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device further includes an adaptation layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the first network device And the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer receiving between the second network device, and the

The first data packet is sent by the adaptation layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer.

An adaptation layer is further included on the second RLC bearer between the first network device and the fifth network device;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the fifth network device, including:

The third data packet is sent by the adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer.

Optionally, the indication information is at least one of an identifier of the terminal device and an identifier of the third network device.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet sent by the second network device.

Optionally, the method further includes: the first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and an access network device; and the second network device is the uplink communication path The n-1th relay device in the middle;

The third network device is the first relay device in the uplink communication path; the fourth network device is the access network device; the fifth network device is the access network device or An n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path; wherein n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. If the fifth network device is the access network device, the fourth network device and the fifth network device are the same network device;

In a fifty-first aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and wireless data of the terminal device Carrying the identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; and the identifier of the third network device is capable of uniquely identifying the third at least under the first network device The identifier of the network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB Corresponding to the combination of the identifiers;

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the third network device, the combination of the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the DRB Configured by the first network device.

The first network device sends a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer, and a configuration of the RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device, where the terminal device Correspondence between the combination of the identifier and the ID of the DRB.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes at least an adaptation layer;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is received by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including: the second data packet passes the An adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer receiving.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first network device is an access network device; the terminal device communicates with the access network device by using N relay devices; and the second network device is a terminal device to the access network device. The Nth relay device in the uplink communication path; the third network device is the first relay device in the uplink communication path; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a fifty-second aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer of the terminal device The identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein the identifier of the first network device is that the first network can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device The identifier of the device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: the first network device receiving the first message sent by the second network device, where the first The message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device. Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: acquiring, by the first network device, the identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer, the method includes: the first network device notifying the terminal device of the following information, where the message includes: Correspondence between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device; The packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, an adaptation layer is further included on the RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device, including: the second data packet And transmitting by the adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet that is sent to the terminal device.

Optionally, the indication information is at least one of an identifier of the terminal device and an identifier of the first network device.

Optionally, the terminal device communicates with the access network device by using N relay devices;

The first network device is an Nth relay device in a downlink communication path of the access network device to the terminal device;

In a fifty-third aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device The identifier and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

The first network device sends the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes: the device identifier of the third network device and the second data packet; The device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB correspond to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB The relationship is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes: sending, by the first network device, a second message to the fifth network device, where The second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the fifth network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the first network device and the second network device further include a first adaptation layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes the first network device and the second network device The first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer are received, including: the first data packet passes the first between the first network device and the second network device The adaptation layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer receive.

Optionally, the first network device and the fifth network device further include a second adaptation layer; correspondingly, the third data packet passes the fifth network device and the first network device Transmitting between the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer, including: the third data packet passing through the second between the fifth network device and the first network device The adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer transmit.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is data that is sent to the second network device. package.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet of the second network device .

Optionally, the first network device is an nth relay device in a downlink communication path of the access network device to the terminal device;

The second network device is the access network device or the n-1th relay device in the downlink communication path;

The fourth network device is the intervention network device;

The fifth network device is an n+1th relay device in the downlink communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the access network device through the N relay devices;

In a fifty-fourth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including:

The first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a identifier of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device. Two data packets; the second data is a data packet of the DRB sent to the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device;

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: sending, by the first network device, the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer; the first network device notifying the third network device of the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet is sent by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes: an adaptation layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes the second network device and the And sending, by the first network device, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, where the first data packet passes the adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device, The RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer transmit.

Optionally, the first network device is an access network device;

The second network device is a first relay device in a downlink communication path of the terminal device to the access network device;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

In a fifty-fifth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB And the first data packet; wherein the identifier of the first network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the terminal can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device The identifier of the device, the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the The ID of the DRB corresponds.

In a fifty-sixth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer of the terminal device An identifier of the DRB, and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the third network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the fifth network device, where the third data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB And the second data packet; the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB correspond to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a fifty-seventh aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and data of the terminal device Carrying the identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; and the identifier of the third network device is capable of uniquely identifying at least the first network device The identifier of the third network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB Corresponding to the combination of the logos;

In a fifty-eighth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a wireless data of the terminal device Carrying the identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein the identifier of the first network device is capable of uniquely identifying the first at least under the third network device The identifier of the network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a fifty-ninth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer of the terminal device An identifier of the DRB and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

a sending module, configured to send the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer, where the third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and the second data packet; The device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a sixtieth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a sending module, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to the second network device, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a identifier of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device a second data packet; the second data is a data packet of the DRB that is sent to the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device.

In a sixty-first aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB And the first data packet; wherein the identifier of the first network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the terminal can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device The identifier of the device, the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the The ID of the DRB corresponds.

In a sixty-second aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer of the terminal device An identifier of the DRB, and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the third network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the fifth network device, where the third data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB And the second data packet; the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB correspond to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a sixty-third aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and data of the terminal device Carrying the identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; and the identifier of the third network device is capable of uniquely identifying at least the first network device The identifier of the third network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB Corresponding to the combination of the logos;

In a sixty-fourth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a wireless data of the terminal device Carrying the identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein the identifier of the first network device is capable of uniquely identifying the first at least under the third network device The identifier of the network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a sixty-fifth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a data radio bearer of the terminal device An identifier of the DRB and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the fourth network device; the identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device;

a transmitter, configured to send the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer, where the third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and the second data packet; The device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

In a sixty-sixth aspect, the application provides a network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device a second data packet; the second data is a data packet of the DRB that is sent to the terminal device. Wherein the identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device;

The sixty-seventh aspect, the application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method according to any one of the forty-ninth aspect and the forty-ninth aspect .

In a sixty-eighth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the fifty-first aspect and the fifty-first aspect.

In a sixty-ninth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any one of the fifty-first aspect and the optional aspect of the fifty-first aspect .

In a seventieth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the fifty-second aspect and the optional aspect of the fifty-second aspect.

In a seventy-first aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method of any of the fifty-third aspect and the optional aspect of the fifty-third aspect .

In a seventy-second aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, the storage medium comprising instructions for implementing the method according to any one of the fifty-fourth aspect and the optional aspect of the fifty-fourth aspect .

The present application provides a data transmission method, a network device, and a storage medium, including: a first network device receives a first data packet sent by a terminal device by using a first RLC bearer; and the first data packet is a data wireless of the terminal device Carrying a data packet of the DRB; the first network device sends a second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer; the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet; An uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB of the terminal device, and the first RLC The configuration of the bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB. Thereby implementing data transmission under the relay network architecture.

DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a single-hop relay architecture according to an embodiment of the present application;

2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-hop relay architecture according to an embodiment of the present application;

3A to 3D are schematic diagrams of application scenarios 1 to 4 according to an embodiment of the present application;

4A to 4D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks according to an embodiment of the present application;

5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks according to an embodiment of the present application;

6A to 6D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 7 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to another embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 10 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 11 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 12 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 13 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 14 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 15 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 17 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 18 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 19 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 20 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 21 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 22 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 24 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 25 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 26 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 28 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 29 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 44 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

Detailed ways

In order to enhance network coverage and increase network capacity, an effective method is to deploy a relay node. In the system architecture in which the relay node is deployed, the terminal device is connected to the base station through the relay node, and the system architecture can be divided into a single-hop relay architecture and multi-hop according to the number of relay nodes between the terminal device and the base station. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a single-hop relay architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-hop relay architecture according to an embodiment of the present application. Two relay nodes, in fact, may also include N relay nodes, and N is a positive integer greater than 2. In the 5G NR mobile communication system, the CU-DU separation technology is introduced. If the data transmission method based on the CU-DU architecture is applied to the relay architecture, the following problems may occur: 1. The relay architecture has multiple hops, obviously The data transmission method of the CU-DU architecture cannot be applied to this situation; 2. The CU-DU is connected through a wired medium, such as an optical fiber, and in the relay architecture, the relay node and the base station are connected through a wireless interface. Therefore, how to implement data transmission of the relay architecture system has become a technical problem to be solved in this application.

In order to solve the above technical problem, the present application provides a data transmission method, a network device, and a storage medium.

The application is applied to at least four scenarios: FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D are schematic diagrams of application scenarios 1 to 4 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3A, the application scenario includes only one relay node, and The base station does not use CU-DU separation. As shown in FIG. 3B, the application scenario includes only one relay node, and the base station adopts CU-DU separation. As shown in FIG. 3C, the application scenario includes RN1 and RN2, and the base station does not adopt CU-DU separation. As shown in FIG. 3D, the application scenario includes RN1 and RN2, and the base station adopts CU-DU separation. It should be noted that the application scenario shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D includes only two relay nodes, and may actually include more relay nodes, which is not limited in this application. The technical solution of the present application is specifically described below in combination with the foregoing application scenarios.

Further, the present application provides 12 protocol stacks. Specifically, FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks provided by an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, which are respectively applicable to FIG. 3A to FIG. The application scenario shown in 3D. FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D , the application scenarios are applicable to the application scenarios illustrated in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D respectively. FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D are schematic diagrams of four protocol stacks according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D , the application scenarios are respectively applicable to the application scenarios illustrated in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D .

In the present application, a relay node is also referred to as a relay station, a relay device or a relay unit, etc., and even it can be replaced by any other device having a relay function, so for the sake of convenience, in the present application, A relay node is called a network device. Similarly, since the base station or the base station may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), it may also be a wideband code. The base station (NodeB, NB) in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) may also be an evolved type in Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Enhanced Long Term Evolution (eLTE). An evolved NodeB (eNB), or a next generation-evolved NodeB (ng-eNB), or an access point (AP) or a relay node in the WLAN, or For gNB and the like in the 5G NR, for the sake of convenience, in the present application, the base station is also referred to as a network device.

Additionally, the terminal device referred to in this application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device that is connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with at least one core network via a Radio Access Network (RAN). The terminal device may be a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile device. Exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network. The terminal device may also be referred to as a Subscriber Unit, a Subscriber Station, a Mobile Station, a Mobile Station, a Remote Station, an Access Point, and a remote device. A remote terminal, an access terminal, a user terminal, a user agent, or a user equipment are not limited herein.

The General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) protocol is short for the GPRS Tunneling Protocol. The GTP tunnel endpoint includes at least one of the following two parameters: a GTP tunnel end identifier (GTP Tunnel ID, GTP TEID) and a transport layer address. The GTP TEID is a tunnel identifier for path multiplexing on a tunnel when a packet is transmitted through a tunnel. In the present invention, in the uplink transmission path from the first network device to the second network device, when the data packet is transmitted from the first network device to the second network device through the GTP tunnel, the uplink GTP tunnel destination is the data. a GTP tunnel end point encapsulating at the second network device; in a downlink transmission path from the second network device to the first network device, when the data packet is transmitted from the second network device to the first network device, the downlink GTP tunnel The destination is the end of the GTP tunnel at the first network device for the packet.

Embodiment 1

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D. In the first embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; the first network device described below is the first one of the uplink communication paths from the terminal device to the base station, and may be, for example, FIG. 3A to RN1 in FIG. 3D; the second network device is a base station or a second relay node in an uplink communication path, and may be, for example, RN2 in FIGS. 3A to 3D. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 7 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 4A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 7, the method includes the following steps:

Step S71: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the terminal device by using a first radio link control (RLC) bearer;

Step S72: The first network device sends the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer.

Specifically, the terminal device determines a correspondence between the first data packet and the identifier of the Data Radio Bearer (DRB). The DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the base station. If the base station adopts CU-DU separation, the DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the CU of the base station. The correspondence between the first data packet and the identifier of the DRB, and the configuration of the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SDAP) layer and the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer of the DRB are configured by the base station or The CU configuration of the base station. As shown in the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the first data packet sent by the terminal device is a PDCP Packet Data Unit (PDU). Optionally, the first data packet passes through a first RLC bearer between the first network device and the terminal device (such as the RLC layer of the terminal device shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), and the first MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 4A) The Medium Access Control (MAC) layer of the terminal device shown in FIG. 4D and the first physical layer (physical (PHY) layer of the terminal device shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D) are received.

Further, the identifier of the DRB has a corresponding relationship with the configuration of the first RLC bearer. The first RLC bearers an RLC bearer that is an interface between the terminal device and the first network device. The configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the first RLC, the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the terminal device and the first network device, and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer The correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before step S71, the method further includes: the first network device notifying the terminal device: the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the corresponding configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB relationship.

The terminal device may determine the first RLC bearer according to the correspondence between the first data packet and the identifier of the DRB, and the identifier of the DRB and the first RLC bearer, and the terminal device sends the DRB by using the first RLC bearer. The first uplink data packet is sent to the first network device.

The first network device receives the first data packet by using the first RLC bearer. And determining, according to the mapping between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point, or the mapping between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB or the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the configuration of the first RLC bearer. The mapping between the identifier of the DRB or the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device. The "correspondence" or "correspondence relationship" in this example refers to a one-to-one correspondence. The uplink GTP tunnel endpoint is configured by the second network device.

The second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the uplink GTP The tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB correspond. As shown in the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the second data packet is a GTP PDU. The second data packet passes through a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol-User Plan (GTP-U) layer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D). The GTP-U layer on the right side of RN1), the second RLC bearer (such as the RLC layer on the right side of RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), and the second MAC layer (as shown in the right side of RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D) The MAC layer) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D) are transmitted. The GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; correspondingly, the second data packet passes through the second network device and the first network The GTP-U layer between the devices, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent, including: the second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP At least one of the layers (the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D), the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are transmitted. For example, the GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer include: a UDP layer, and the second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second The physical layer sends. For example, the GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer include: a UDP and an IP layer, and the second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the IP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and The second physical layer sends. For example, the GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer include: a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer, and the second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, the PDCP layer, and the The second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer transmit.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer, the end of the uplink GTP tunnel, the correspondence between the end of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer The corresponding relationship of the uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the second network device, where the second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the first network device and the second network device. Correspondingly, before the step S72, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the message sent by the second network device, where the message comprises: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an end of the uplink GTP tunnel Corresponding relationship between the end of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel. Based on this, in step S72, the first network device can determine the second RLC bearer by using the uplink GTP tunnel end point. It should be noted that the configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the first network device and the second network device are configured by the second network device.

In the first embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device determines the uplink according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point. The GTP tunnel end point, and determining the second RLC bearer according to the GTP tunnel end point and the corresponding relationship between the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer. And sending, by the second RLC bearer, the second data packet to the second network device. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device is implemented.

Embodiment 2

Based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, for the first network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device. In the case of a network device, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. The present application provides the following method to solve this technical problem.

FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, the first network device's own data and control signaling are not transmitted through a GTP tunnel. Wherein, line 1 represents the transmission path of the first network device's own data or control signaling. Implementing a data packet indicating that the data packet is not the first network device.

First, the data or control signaling multiplexing method specifically includes three cases:

In the first case, the third data packet corresponding to the second data packet and the data of the first network device need to be multiplexed when the second RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. The third data packet includes a second data packet, for example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the third data packet is an RLC PDU. If an adaptation layer is further included on the RLC layer shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, and the data of the first network device itself is also transmitted through the adaptation layer, the third data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer transmission of the SRB of the first network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer.

The second case: the third data packet and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device multiplex the second RLC bearer; and the first network device's own data is transmitted through the dedicated RLC bearer.

In a third case, the third data packet, the data of the first network device itself, and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device are all multiplexed with the second RLC bearer.

For the first case mentioned above, the uplink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the third data packet and the first network device's own data packet are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify whether the data packet included in the RLC PDU is included, It is a data packet of the first network device, so the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate whether the data packet included in the RLC PDU is the first network device's own data packet. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU is included in the first network device's own data packet; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the RLC PDU is not included in the first network device's own data packet.

For the second case mentioned above, the uplink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the third data packet and the first network device's own control signaling are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the data packet included in the RLC PDU. Whether it is a data packet of the first network device, so the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate whether the data packet included in the RLC PDU is a data packet of the first network device. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the control information of the first network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the data packet included in the RLC PDU is not the first network device.

For the third case mentioned above, the uplink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, for the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, due to the third data packet and the first network device The own data packet and control signaling are both RLC PDUs. Therefore, in order to identify whether the data contained in the RLC PDU is the first data packet sent by the terminal device or the data packet or control signaling from the first network device, The indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate whether the RLC PDU is included in the first network device's own data packet or control signaling. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 2-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. The indication of the 2-bit indication information is as follows:

Manner 1: One of the 2 bits is used to distinguish whether the RLC PDU contains data or control signaling. If the bit indicates that the RLC PDU contains data, further, another bit of the 2 bits is used to distinguish the RLC PDU. Whether it contains the first network device's own data packet. For example, if the first bit of the 2 bits is 1, it indicates the control signaling included in the RLC PDU. If the first bit of the 2 bits is 0, it indicates the data contained in the RLC PDU. If the first bit is 0, further, Viewing the second bit of the 2 bits. If the second bit is 0, it indicates that the data included in the RLC PDU is the data packet of the first network device. If the second bit is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU does not contain the first network. The packet of the device.

Manner 2: The 2-bit joint is used to distinguish the control signaling included in the RLC PDU, the data packet of the first network device itself, and the data packet of the terminal device. For example, 00 indicates control signaling included in the RLC PDU. 01 denotes a data packet of the first network device included in the RLC PDU; 10 denotes a data packet of the terminal device included in the RLC PDU. 11 is the reserved value.

In summary, the third network device carries the indication information, so that the second network device can identify, by using the indication information, that the data packet included in the third data packet is not the data packet of the first network device, thereby improving data transmission. reliability.

Embodiment 3

FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to another embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the first network device's own data and control signaling are transmitted through a GTP tunnel. Wherein, line 1 represents the transmission path of the first network device's own data or control signaling.

Similarly, the data or control signaling multiplexing manner includes the above three cases, which are not described in this application.

When the first network device sends the GTP PDU to the second network device, if the sent GTP PDU includes the first network device's own data packet, then the GTP PDU included in the GTP PDU is the second network device. The upstream GTP tunnel endpoint configured by the first network device. Therefore, in this embodiment, the second network device needs to allocate or configure an uplink GTP tunnel destination for the first network device, and notify the first network device. For example, when the first network device establishes an F1 interface with the second network device, the second network device establishes a response message through F1 to the first network device through the uplink GTP tunnel end point. On the contrary, if the sent GTP PDU does not contain the first network device's own data packet, the uplink GTP tunnel end point included in the GTP PDU is the second network device is the sub-relay node of the first network device, or, first The upstream GTP tunnel endpoint configured by the user equipment of the network device. Based on this, the uplink GTP tunnel destination in the second data packet is further used to indicate that the first data packet included in the second data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

The method for transmitting the uplink data in the second case is the same as the method corresponding to the second case in the second embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

For the uplink data transmission method of the third case, the method of distinguishing between data and control signaling is the same as the method of the second case of the second embodiment. The method of distinguishing data is the same as the method of the first case in the third embodiment. This application will not go into details here.

In summary, the uplink GTP tunnel destination carried in the second data packet is further used to indicate that the first data packet included in the second data packet is not a data packet of the first network device, thereby improving reliability of data transmission. .

Embodiment 4

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 4C to 4D. In the fourth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The first network device is the nth relay node in the uplink communication path between the terminal device and the base station, such as RN2 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the second network device is the n-1th in the uplink communication path. Following the node, such as RN1 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the third network device is a base station or an n+1th relay node in the uplink communication path, such as the base station in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; wherein n is greater than A positive integer of 1 and less than or equal to N. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 10 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4C to FIG. 4D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 10, the method includes the following steps:

Step S101: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S102: The first network device sends the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer.

Specifically, the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel end point and a second data packet; and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is the first data packet. An uplink GTP tunnel end point between the network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to a configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device The identifier of the DRB corresponds to. As shown in FIG. 4C to FIG. 4D, the first data packet is a GTP PDU; the first data packet passes through a first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device (eg, 4C or 4D, the GTP-U layer on the left side of the RN2), the first RLC bearer (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D), the first MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 4C). Or the MAC layer on the left side of RN2 shown in FIG. 4D) and the first physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D) are received. Optionally, the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further include: a first UDP layer, a first IP layer, and a first PDCP layer (such as the PUDP layer on the left side of the RN2 as shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D). At least one of the IP layer and the PDCP layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, the first Receiving, by the first MAC layer and the first physical layer, the first data packet is sent by the first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, The first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the at least one layer in the first PDCP layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are received. Further, the second data packet is a PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device.

The third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; the second uplink GTP tunnel destination is an uplink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP The tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB of the terminal device The identifier corresponds.

The first RTP tunnel end configuration, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and the first RLC Corresponding relationship between the configuration of the bearer and the end of the first uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, before step S101, the method further includes: the first network device sending a first message to the second network device, where the The message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, a first uplink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the Correspondence between the configuration of an RLC bearer and the end of the first uplink GTP tunnel. Based on this, when the first network device receives the first data packet by using the first RLC bearer, the first network device may determine that the first RLC bearer corresponds to the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. And determining, according to the correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, the second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

Further, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second The correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the second uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the third network device. Correspondingly, before the step S102, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point Correspondence relationship. Based on this, the first network device may determine the second RLC bearer according to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and send the third data packet by using the second RLC bearer. The third data packet is a GTP PDU, and the third data packet passes through a second GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D, the GTP-U in the right column of the RN2) a second RLC bearer (such as the RLC of the right column of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D), a second MAC layer (the MAC of the right column of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D), and a second physical layer ( The PHY of the right column of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D is transmitted. Optionally, the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer (such as RN2 shown in FIG. 4C or FIG. 4D) At least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer of a side column; correspondingly, the third data packet passes through a second GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device And sending, by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer, by: the third data packet passing through a second GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device And transmitting, by the at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer in the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the second PDCP layer.

It should be noted that the RLC layer carried by the second RLC, the logical channel, and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration of the interface between the first network device and the third network device are also configured by the third network device or the third network device. DU implementation.

In the fourth embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device is configured according to the corresponding relationship between the first RLC bearer and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. And corresponding to the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, determining the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and corresponding to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Relationship, determining the second RLC bearer. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

It should be noted that, for the second network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device, and for the second network device, identification is required. What kind of data or signaling is received data or control signaling. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Optionally, the fourth data packet corresponding to the first data packet includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not the first network device data pack.

Option 2: The first uplink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the first network device.

The two methods are the same as the second embodiment and the third embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Similarly, for the first network device in the fourth embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device, where the first network device is used. It is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Option 2: The second uplink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Embodiment 5

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D. In the fifth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay nodes; wherein the first network device in the fifth embodiment is the base station; and the second network device is the Nth in the uplink communication path from the terminal device to the base station. Relay nodes; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, an uplink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 4A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4D, the method includes: the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data a packet; the second data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; and the second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device. The uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device The identifier of the DRB corresponds to the identifier.

Specifically, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel correspond to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, where Corresponding relationship between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, and further The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: an uplink GTP tunnel end point, a configuration of the RLC bearer, an uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the Corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the first data packet is a GTP PDU, and the first data packet passes through a GTP-U layer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4C). The GTP-U layer on the left side of the base station shown, or the GTP-U layer on the left side of the DU as shown in FIGS. 4B and 4D, and the RLC bearer (such as the base station shown in FIGS. 4A and 4C) The RLC layer on the left side, or the RLC layer on the left side of the DU as shown in FIGS. 4B and 4D), the MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the base station as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4C, or, for example, The MAC layer on the left side of the DU shown in FIG. 4B and FIG. 4D) and the physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of the base station as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4C, or the DU as shown in FIGS. 4B and 4D) The PHY layer on the left is received.

The GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the second network device and the first network Receiving, by the GTP-U layer between the devices, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, the first data packet passing the GTP between the second network device and the first network device The U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer are received.

Further, if the first network device adopts the CU-DU separation technology, the data transmission process between the CU and the DU, and between the DU and the second network device is as follows:

First, the DU receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the second RLC bearer. The uplink GTP tunnel end point carried by the first data packet (in order to distinguish the second uplink GTP tunnel end point described below, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel carried by the first data packet is referred to herein as the first uplink GTP tunnel end point), and the DU and the DU are determined. The second upstream GTP tunnel end point between the CUs. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the CU. The correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the DU.

Second, the DU sends a third data packet to the CU, the third data packet including the second data packet and a second uplink GTP tunnel end point. As shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 4D, the third data packet is a GTP PDU.

The CU receives the third data packet sent by the DU; acquires the second data packet and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point from the fourth data packet; and determines the DRB mapped by the second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The second uplink data packet is delivered to the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer of the DRB for processing.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is An uplink GTP tunnel end point between a network device and a second network device; the RLC bearer corresponds to an uplink GTP tunnel end point. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the second network device in the fifth embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the RLC bearer of the second network device. For the first network device, the identification needs to be received. What kind of data or signaling is the data or control signaling. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Option 2: The uplink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.

Embodiment 6

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish an uplink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing an uplink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 11 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes:

Step S111: The CU configures a first uplink GTP tunnel destination mapped by at least one DRB of the terminal device. The first uplink GTP tunnel is an uplink GTP tunnel on the interface between the DU and the CU;

Step S112: The CU sends a first message to the DU.

The first message may be a context setup request message or a context modification request message of the terminal device. The first message includes at least one of the following:

1. The first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device. The first identifier of the terminal device is that the CU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the CU and the DU; the second identifier of the terminal device is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the CU and the DU.

2. The DRB identity and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

3. The first uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB.

Step S113: The DU configures a second uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device, a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the first RLC bearer.

The second uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the RN2 and the DU; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the RN2 and the DU. The at least one DRB or the second uplink GTP tunnel endpoint has a one-to-one correspondence with the first RLC bearer.

Step S114: The DU sends a second message to the RN2.

The second message may be a context setup request message or a context modification request message of the terminal device. The second message is generated according to the first message, that is, part of the information in the first message is replaced, new information is added in the first message, and the second message is generated after the other information in the first message is kept unchanged. The second message includes at least one of the following:

1. The third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device. The third identifier of the terminal device is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the RN2. The third identifier may be the same as or different from the second identifier. The fourth identifier is that the RN2 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the RN2.

2. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

3. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

4. Correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

5. Correspondence between the at least one DRB and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

6. Corresponding relationship between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer.

7. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the first RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S115: RN2 configures a third uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB, a correspondence between a third uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and a second RLC bearer.

The third uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the RN1 and the RN2; the third uplink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between RN1 and RN2. The at least one DRB or the third uplink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the second RLC bearer.

Step S116: RN2 sends a third message to RN1.

The third message may be a context establishment request message or a context modification request message of the terminal device. The third message is generated according to the second message, that is, the partial information in the second message is replaced, and the third message is generated after the other information in the second message is kept unchanged. The third message includes at least one of the following:

1. The fifth identifier and the sixth identifier of the terminal device. The fifth identifier is that the RN2 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the RN2 and the RN1. The fifth identifier may be the same as or different from the fourth identifier. The six identifiers are that RN1 uniquely identifies the identity of the terminal device on the interface between RN2 and RN1.

2. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

3. The third uplink GTP tunnel end point;

4. Correspondence between the end point of the second uplink GTP tunnel and the end point of the third uplink GTP tunnel.

5. Correspondence between the at least one DRB and the third uplink GTP tunnel end point.

6. Correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer.

7. Configuration information carried by the second RLC. The configuration information of the second RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the second RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the second RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S117: RN1 configures a third RLC bearer mapped by the DRB, and the third RLC bearers or a correspondence between the first DRB and the third uplink GTP tunnel end point.

The third RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the terminal device and the RN1.

In summary, the uplink communication path between the network devices can be established by the method, thereby ensuring data transmission between the network devices.

Example 7

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D. In the seventh embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; the first network device is the Nth relay node in the downlink communication path from the base station to the terminal device; for example, as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D RN1, the second network device is the N-1th relay node in the base station or the downlink communication path. For example, it may be RN2 shown in FIGS. 3C to 3D, or a base station as shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 12 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 4A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 12, the method includes the following steps:

Step S121: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S122: The first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before step S121, the method further includes: receiving, by the first network device, the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer. The first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device; wherein, as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the first data packet The data packet passes through the GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device (such as the GTP-U layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), and the first RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D). The RLC layer on the right side of RN1 is shown), the first MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D), and the first physical layer (the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D) PHY layer) Receive. Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the first network device and the The GTP-U layer between the second network device, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer are sent, including: the first data packet passes the first network device, and the first a GTP-U layer between the two network devices, the UDP layer (such as the UDP layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), and the IP layer (as shown in the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D) The IP layer) and the PDCP layer (such as the PDCP layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer send.

The downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point is The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds, and the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the second RLC bearer. The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer between the first network device and the terminal device.

The downlink GTP tunnel destination, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer, and the mapping relationship between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer configuration Corresponding relationship between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device by the first Network device configuration. Correspondingly, before the step S121, the first network device sends a second message to the second network device, where the second message includes: the downlink GTP tunnel end point, the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the Corresponding relationship of the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; the configuration of the second RLC bearer by the first network device, and the The corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is notified to the terminal device.

It should be noted that the configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC, and the MAC layer and the physical layer on the interface between the first network device and the terminal device are also configured by the first network device. The first network device sends the configured information to the second network device, so that the second network device is used in the downlink data transmission process.

After receiving the first data packet, the first network device determines the DRB mapped by the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the second RLC bearer mapped by the DRB; or directly determines the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel terminal and the second RLC bearer. The second RLC bearer. And sending, by the second RLC bearer, the second data packet to the terminal device. The second data packet is a data packet that is sent to the terminal device. Optionally, the second data packet passes the second RLC bearer between the first network device and the terminal device (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D), and the second MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 4A 4A to 4D, the MAC layer on the left side of RN1) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of RN1 shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D) are transmitted.

After receiving the second data packet, the terminal device determines the DRB mapped by the second RLC bearer, and transmits the second data packet to the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer of the DRB for processing.

In the seventh embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; and according to the first RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the first RLC bearer and the GTP tunnel end point, Determine the end of the GTP tunnel. And determining, according to the GTP tunnel end point, and the corresponding relationship between the GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer, or the correspondence between the GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer through the DRB and the GTP tunnel terminal, as described above, Determining a second RLC bearer, and finally transmitting the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; thereby implementing data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device.

Example eight

Based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, for the second network device, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device. In the case of a network device, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. The present application provides the following method to solve this technical problem.

As shown in FIG. 8, the second network device's own data and control signaling are not transmitted through the GTP tunnel. Wherein, the line 1 on the second network device indicates: the transmission path of the second network device's own data or control signaling.

In the first case, the third data packet corresponding to the first data packet and the data of the second network device itself need to be multiplexed when the first RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. The third data packet includes a first data packet, for example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, the third data packet is an RLC PDU. If an adaptation layer is further included on the RLC layer shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, and the data of the first network device itself is also transmitted through the adaptation layer, the third data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the second network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer transmission of the SRB of the second network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer.

The second case: the third data packet and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the second network device multiplex the first RLC bearer; and the second network device's own data is transmitted through the dedicated RLC bearer.

In a third case, the third data packet, the data of the second network device itself, and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the second network device all multiplex the first RLC bearer.

For the first case mentioned above, the downlink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the third data packet and the second network device's own data packet are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the data contained in the RLC PDU is The first data packet is still data from the first network device, and therefore, the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate the second data packet sent to the terminal device included in the RLC PDU or used to indicate the RLC PDU. Included is the second network device's own data packet. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU contains the data of the second network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the second data packet is included in the RLC PDU.

For the second case mentioned above, the downlink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the third data packet and the second network device's own control signaling are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the data contained in the RLC PDU is The second data packet is also control signaling from the second network device, and therefore, the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate that the second data packet is included in the RLC PDU or is used to indicate the RLC. Included in the PDU is the control information of the second network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the control information of the second network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the second data packet is included in the RLC PDU.

For the third case mentioned above, the downlink data transmission method is specifically introduced:

For the first network device, based on the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, for the first network device, based on the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, due to the second data packet and the second network device The own data packet and control signaling are both RLC PDUs. Therefore, in order to identify whether the data contained in the RLC PDU is the second data packet or the data packet or control signaling from the second network device, the RLC PDU is passed. The indication information is set to indicate that the second data packet is included in the RLC PDU or is used to indicate that the RLC PDU includes a data packet or control signaling of the second network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 2-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. The indication of the 2-bit indication information is as follows:

Manner 1: One of the 2 bits is used to distinguish whether the RLC PDU contains data or control signaling. If the bit indicates that the RLC PDU contains data, further, another bit of the 2 bits is used to distinguish the RLC PDU. Included is the second network device's own data packet or the second data packet. For example, if the first bit of the 2 bits is 1, it indicates the control signaling included in the RLC PDU. If the first bit of the 2 bits is 0, it indicates the data contained in the RLC PDU. If the first bit is 0, further, Viewing the second bit of the 2 bits, if the second bit is 0, indicating that the data included in the RLC PDU is the data packet of the second network device itself, and if the second bit is 1, indicating that the data included in the RLC PDU is the The second data packet.

Manner 2: The 2-bit joint is used to distinguish the control signaling contained in the RLC PDU, the second network device's own data packet, and the second data packet. For example, 00 indicates control signaling included in the RLC PDU. 01 denotes a second network device own data packet included in the RLC PDU; 10 denotes the second data packet included in the RLC PDU. 11 is the reserved value.

In summary, because the third data packet carries the indication information, the second network device can identify, by using the indication information, that the third data packet includes the second data packet that is sent to the terminal device, thereby improving reliability of data transmission.

Example nine

As shown in FIG. 9, the second network device's own data and control signaling are transmitted through the GTP tunnel. Wherein, the second network device line 1 represents the transmission path of the second network device's own data or control signaling.

When the second network device sends the GTP PDU to the first network device, if the sent GTP PDU includes the first network device's own data packet, then the downlink GTP tunnel end point included in the GTP PDU is the second network device. The downstream GTP tunnel endpoint configured by the first network device. Therefore, in this embodiment, the second network device needs to allocate or configure an uplink GTP tunnel destination for the first network device, and notify the first network device. For example, when the F1 interface is established between the first network device and the second network device, the second network device passes the downlink GTP tunnel end point to the first network device by using the F1 setup response message. On the contrary, if the sent GTP PDU does not contain the first network device's own data packet, the downlink GTP tunnel end point included in the GTP PDU is the second network device is the sub-relay node of the first network device, or, first The downstream GTP tunnel endpoint configured by the user equipment of the network device. Based on this, the downlink GTP tunnel destination included in the second data packet sent by the first network device to the second network device is further used to indicate that the first data packet includes the second that is sent to the terminal device. data pack.

The method for transmitting the downlink data in the second case is the same as the method corresponding to the second case in the eighth embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

For the downlink data transmission method of the third case described above, the method of distinguishing between data and control signaling is the same as the method of the second case of Embodiment 8. The method of distinguishing data is the same as the method of the first case in the ninth embodiment. This application will not go into details here.

In summary, the downlink GTP tunnel end point carried in the first data packet is further used to indicate that the first data packet includes the second data packet sent to the terminal device, thereby improving reliability of data transmission.

Example ten

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and their corresponding protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4C to FIG. 4D. In the tenth embodiment, the first network device is the nth relay node in the downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device (such as RN2 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D); the second network device is the downlink communication The n+1th relay node or the base station in the path (such as the base station in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D); the third network device is the n-1th relay node in the communication path (as shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. RN1) in 3D; wherein the terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay nodes; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N. The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 13 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4C to FIG. 4D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 13, the method includes the following steps:

Step S131: The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S132: The first network device sends the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel end point and a second data packet; the second data packet is a data packet of the terminal device data radio bearer DRB; and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network packet a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the device and the second network device; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer. The first downlink GTP tunnel endpoint corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; optionally, the first data packet passes through a first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device ( As shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D, the GTP-U layer on the right side of the RN2), the first RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D, the RLC layer on the right side of the RN2), the first MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 4C and The MAC layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4D) and the first physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D) are received; wherein the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer The first UDP layer (such as the UDP layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D), the first IP layer (the IP layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D) and the first PDCP layer Correspondingly, the first data packet passes through a first GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, and the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer And transmitting by the first physical layer, including: the first data packet passes a first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, and the first between the first network device and the second network device The at least one of the IP layer and the first PDCP layer The layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are sent. The second data packet is a data packet that is sent to the terminal device.

The third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device The first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and location The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to. The third data packet passes through a second GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device (such as the GTP-U layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D). The second RLC bearer (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D), and the second physical layer ( The PHY layer on the left side of RN2 shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D is transmitted. The second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device. The method includes: the third data packet passes through a second GTP-U layer, the at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, and a second MAC layer between the third network device and the first network device And the second physical layer sends.

Further, the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, before the step S131, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

The first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the second RLC bearer configuration, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer configuration, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the first downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second downlink GTP tunnel endpoint is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the step S131, the method further includes: the first network device sending a second message to the second network device, where the second message includes: the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, Corresponding relationship between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the first RLC bearer; and the correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; the first network device The third network device sends a third message, where the third message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer configuration, the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB (corresponding to the first RLC bearer) is configured by the third network device Correspondingly, before the step S132, the method includes: the first network device receives a fourth message sent by the third network device, where the fourth message includes: the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the Corresponding relationship between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer; and the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

After the first network device receives the first data packet, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is obtained, and the second downlink GTP tunnel is determined according to the correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point. The end point determines the second RLC bearer according to the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer. Or acquiring the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, determining the DRB according to the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, and determining the second RLC bearer according to the DRB. Finally, the first network device sends the third data packet through the second RLC bearer.

In the tenth embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device is configured according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point. And determining, by the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, determining the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and according to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Correspondence relationship determines the second RLC bearer. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

Optionally, the fourth data packet corresponding to the first data packet includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the fourth data packet is sent A data packet to the third network device. For example, the fourth data packet is an RLC PDU or an adaptation layer PDU.

Option 2: The first downlink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet sent to the third network device.

The two methods are the same as those in the eighth embodiment and the ninth embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Similarly, for the first network device in the tenth embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device. For the third network device, It is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Optionally, the fifth data packet corresponding to the third data packet includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the fifth data packet is the a data packet of the third network device; the fifth data packet includes the third data packet. For example, the fifth data packet is an RLC PDU or an adaptation layer PDU.

Option 2: The second downlink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet of the third network device.

Embodiment 11

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 4A to 4D. In the eleventh embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay nodes; the first network device is a base station (such as the base station shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D); and the second network device is a terminal device to the base station. The first relay node in the downlink communication path (RN2 as shown in FIGS. 3C to 3D); wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example.

Specifically, a downlink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 4A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 4, the method includes: the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; The second data packet is a data packet of the terminal device data radio bearer DRB; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the RLC bearer configuration and the downlink GTP tunnel Corresponding to the end point, the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device. The first data packet passes through a GTP-U layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the GTP-U layer of the base station shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D), and the RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 3) 3A to 3c, the RLC layer of the base station), the MAC layer (such as the MAC layer of the base station shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D), and the physical layer (the PHY layer of the base station shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D) are transmitted. Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes the second network device and the first Transmitting, by the GTP-U layer between the network devices, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, including: the first data packet passing between the second network device and the first network device a GTP-U layer, the UDP layer (such as the UDP layer of the base station shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D), the IP layer (such as the IP layer of the base station shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D), and the PDCP layer ( The at least one layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer in the PDCP layer of the base station shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D are transmitted.

The configuration of the RLC bearer is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device to the first The second network device sends a first message, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the second message sent by the second network device, the second The message includes: a correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and a correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

First, the CU determines the correspondence between the second data packet and the DRB of the terminal device. The DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the CU. The correspondence between the second data packet and the DRB, and the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer of the DRB are configured by the CU.

Second, the CU determines the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the DRB. The first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the DU and the CU, where the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the DU. The correspondence between the DRB and the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the DU.

Finally, the second data packet and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point are packaged and sent to the DU.

The DU obtains the second data packet and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point from the CU-packaged data packet. Determining a second downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, that is, a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the DU and the second network device.

The DU encapsulates the second data packet and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point into the first data packet. Determining the DRB mapped by the end of the second downlink GTP tunnel, and the RLC bearer mapped by the DRB, and transmitting the first data packet by using the RLC bearer; or directly determining the RLC bearer mapped by the second downlink GTP tunnel end point. The mapping between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB is configured by the second network device; the RLC layer and the logical channel configuration carried by the RLC, and the MAC layer and the interface between the DU and the second network device The physical layer, and the correspondence between the DRB and the RLC bearer are configured by the DU.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point is A downlink GTP tunnel end point between the network device and the second network device; the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the first network device in the eleventh embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the RLC bearer of the first network device, and for the second network device, the identification needs to be received. What kind of data or signaling is the data or control signaling to. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Optionally, the third data packet corresponding to the first data packet includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet of the second network device; The package includes the first data packet. For example, the third data packet is an RLC PDU, or an adaptation layer PDU.

Option 2: The downlink GTP tunnel end point is further used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the second network device.

Example twelve

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish a downlink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing a downlink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 14 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:

Step S141: The RN1 configures at least one of the following: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination that is mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device, and a corresponding relationship between the first downlink GTP tunnel destination and the at least one DRB, where the first RLC bearer is configured. And a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the first RLC bearer or a correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel destination and the first RLC bearer.

The first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between RN2 and RN1. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the RN1 and the terminal device.

Step S142: RN1 sends a first message to RN2.

The first message may be a context establishment response message or a context modification response message of the terminal device. The first message includes at least one of the following:

1. The first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device. The first identifier of the terminal device is that the RN1 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the RN1 and the RN2; the second identifier of the terminal device is that the RN2 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the RN1 and the RN2.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The first downlink GTP tunnel end point.

4. Correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the at least one DRB.

5. Correspondence relationship between the at least one DRB and the first RLC bearer.

6. The corresponding relationship between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the first RLC bearer.

7. Configuration information carried by the first RLC. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the first RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S143: RN2 configures at least one of the following: a second downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB, a second RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point. a relationship between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the at least one DRB and a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the second RLC bearer; or, configuring the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second Correspondence relationship of RLC bearers.

The second downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the RN2; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the first downlink GTP tunnel end point. The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between RN2 and RN1.

Step S144: RN2 sends a second message to the DU.

The second message may be a context establishment response message or a context modification response message of the terminal device. The second message is generated according to the first message, that is, part of the information in the first message is replaced, and the second message is generated after the other information in the first message is kept unchanged. The second message includes at least one of the following:

1. The third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device. The third identifier of the terminal device is that the RN2 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the RN2 and the DU; the fourth identifier of the terminal device is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the RN1 and the RN2.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The second downlink GTP tunnel end point.

4. Correspondence between the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel.

5. Correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the at least one DRB.

6. Correspondence relationship between the at least one DRB and the second RLC bearer.

7. The corresponding relationship between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the second RLC bearer.

8. Configuration information carried by the second RLC.

Step S145: The DU configures at least one of the following: a third downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB, a correspondence between the third downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and a third RLC bearer Corresponding relationship between the third downlink GTP tunnel end point and the at least one DRB, and the corresponding relationship between the at least one DRB and the third RLC bearer, and the third downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the third RLC bearer relationship;

The third downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the CU; the third downlink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the second downlink GTP tunnel end point. The third RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the DU and the RN2.

Step S146: The DU sends a third message to the CU.

The third message may be a context establishment response message or a context modification response message of the terminal device. The third message is generated according to the second message, that is, the partial information in the third message is replaced, and the third message is generated after the other information in the second message is kept unchanged. The third message includes at least one of the following:

1. The fifth identifier and the sixth identifier of the terminal device.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The end point of the third downlink GTP tunnel.

4. Correspondence between the end point of the third downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel.

5. Correspondence between the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the at least one DRB.

6. Correspondence relationship between the at least one DRB and the third RLC bearer.

7. Correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the third RLC bearer.

8. Configuration information carried by the third RLC.

Step S147: The CU configures a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the third downlink GTP tunnel end point.

In summary, the downlink communication path between each network device can be established by the method, thereby ensuring data transmission between the network devices.

Example thirteen

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 5A to 5D. In the thirteenth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay devices; the first network device is the first one of the uplink communication paths from the terminal device to the base station, as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D. RN1; the second network device is a base station or a second relay device in an uplink communication path; RN2 shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D; and the third network device is a base station, as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D. Base station. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. If the second network device is the base station, the second network device and the third network device are the same network device. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 15 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 5A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 15, the method includes the following steps:

Step S151: The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S152: The first network device sends the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device. The DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the third network device. The first data packet is a PDCP PDU, and the first data packet is received by the first RLC between the first network device and the terminal device, and the first MAC layer and the first physical layer receive .

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel The relationship is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before step S151, the method further includes: the first network device notifying the terminal device of: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the DRB Correspondence.

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the following information, including two modes:

Manner 1: The first network device sends a message to the third network device, and the third network device forwards the message to the terminal device, where the message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the terminal Correspondence relationship between the identifier of the device and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB.

Manner 2: The first network device directly sends a message to the terminal device, where the message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, a correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the terminal device, and the first RLC bearer Corresponding to the identifier of the DRB.

It should be noted that the configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the first RLC, the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the terminal device and the first network device, and the correspondence between the DRB and the first RLC bearer The relationship is also configured by the first network device.

The second data packet includes a third data packet; the third data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a first data packet; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is a GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device; And determining, by the end of the uplink GTP tunnel, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB. The identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that is uniquely identified by the first network device to the terminal device. The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device. The GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data packet passes through the second network device and the Transmitting, by the GTP-U layer between the first network device, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer, the second data packet passing through the GTP-U layer, the at least The layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent. The third data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

The uplink GTP tunnel destination, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB identifier of the terminal device are configured by the third network device. Correspondingly, before step S151, the method further includes: acquiring, by the first network device, the following information about the configuration of the third network device: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB, and the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device Correspondence of the identification of the DRB.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel are configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before step S152, the method further includes: receiving, by the first network device, a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer and the Correspondence of the end point of the upstream GTP tunnel.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer includes: a configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC, and a MAC layer and a physical layer configuration on the interface between the first network device and the second network device are configured by the second network device. The correspondence between the DRB or the uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. The second network device is a parent node of the first network device.

The uplink data transmission process includes: determining, by the terminal device, a correspondence between the first data packet and the DRB. Determining a correspondence between the DRB and the first RLC bearer. The terminal device sends the first data packet corresponding to the DRB to the first network device by using the first RLC bearer.

The first network device receives the first data packet by using the first RLC bearer. Determining the DRB corresponding to the first RLC bearer, determining the uplink GTP tunnel end point of the DRB mapping, or directly determining the uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the first RLC bearer. The first data packet is processed by the GTP-U protocol layer and then encapsulated in the second data packet. The second data packet is a GTP-U data packet, and the second uplink data packet includes the uplink GTP tunnel end point. Determining a second RLC bearer mapped by the DRB or the uplink GTP tunnel end point. And transmitting, by the second RLC bearer, the second data packet to the second network device.

Embodiment 14

FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 16, wherein line 1 represents a transmission path of data or control signaling of the first network device itself.

In the first case, the second data packet and the first network device's own data need to be multiplexed when the second RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. For example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, the second data packet is an RLC PDU. If an adaptation layer is further included on the RLC layer shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, and the data of the first network device itself is also transmitted through the adaptation layer, the second data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer transmission of the SRB of the first network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer.

The second case: the second data packet and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device multiplex the second RLC bearer; and the first network device's own data is transmitted through the dedicated RLC bearer.

In a third case, the second data packet, the data of the first network device itself, and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the first network device are all multiplexed with the second RLC bearer.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the second data packet and the first network device's own data packet are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the third data included in the RLC PDU Whether the packet is a data packet of the terminal device or data from the first network device, and therefore, the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is a data packet of the terminal device. Or used to indicate that the RLC PDU contains the first network device's own data packet. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the data of the first network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is the data of the terminal device. package.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, since the second data packet and the first network device's own control signaling are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the third included in the RLC PDU Whether the data packet is the data packet of the terminal device or the control signaling from the first network device, so the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is the terminal device The data packet or used to indicate that the RLC PDU contains the control information of the first network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the first network device's own control signaling; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is the terminal device. Packet.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, for the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, due to the second data packet and the first network device The own data packet and control signaling are both RLC PDUs. Therefore, in order to identify whether the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is a data packet of the terminal device or a data packet or control signaling from the first network device, Setting the indication information in the RLC PDU to indicate that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is a data packet of the terminal device or is used to indicate that the RLC PDU includes the data packet or control of the first network device itself. Signaling. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 2-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. The indication of the 2-bit indication information is as follows:

Manner 1: One of the 2 bits is used to distinguish whether the RLC PDU contains data or control signaling. If the bit indicates that the RLC PDU contains data, further, another bit of the 2 bits is used to distinguish the RLC PDU. Contains whether the first network device's own data packet or the third data packet. For example, if the first bit of the 2 bits is 1, it indicates the control signaling included in the RLC PDU. If the first bit of the 2 bits is 0, it indicates the data contained in the RLC PDU. If the first bit is 0, further, Viewing the second bit of the 2 bits. If the second bit is 0, it indicates that the data included in the RLC PDU is the data packet of the first network device, and if the second bit is 1, it indicates the third data packet included in the RLC PDU. It is a data packet of the terminal device.

Manner 2: The 2-bit joint is used to distinguish the control signaling included in the RLC PDU, the first network device's own data packet, and the third data packet are data packets of the terminal device, for example, 00 indicates control signaling included in the RLC PDU. . 01 denotes a data packet of the first network device included in the RLC PDU; 10 denotes that the third data packet included in the RLC PDU is a data packet of the terminal device. 11 is the reserved value.

In summary, because the second data packet carries the indication information, the second network device can identify, by using the indication information, that the third data packet in the second data packet is a data packet of the terminal device, thereby improving reliability of data transmission. Sex.

Example fifteen

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5C to FIG. 5D respectively. In the fifteenth embodiment, the first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and a base station, as shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D, RN2; The network device is the n-1th relay device in the uplink communication path, such as RN1 shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the third network device is the base station or is the first in the uplink communication path. n+1 relay devices, such as the base stations shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the terminal devices communicate with the base station through N relay devices; wherein n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 17 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5C to FIG. 5D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 17, the method includes the following steps:

Step S171: The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S172: The first network device sends the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet includes a second data packet, where the first data packet is carried by the first RLC between the first network device and the second network device, and the first MAC layer and the first Physical layer reception.

The third data packet includes the second data packet; the third data packet passes the second RLC bearer between the second network device and the third network device, a second MAC layer, and The second physical layer sends.

The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before step S171, the method further includes: the first network device sending a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the third network device. Correspondingly, before step S172, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the first network node and the third network device are configured by the third network device.

In the fourth embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device determines, according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the second RLC bearer. Two RLC bearers. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

It should be noted that, for the second network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device, and the first network device needs to be identified. What kind of data or signaling is received data or control signaling. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Therefore, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the second network device.

Similarly, for the first network device, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device, and for the third network device, the received network device needs to be identified. What kind of data or signaling is data or control signaling. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Therefore, the third data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet sent by the second network device.

The method is the same as that of the fourteenth embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Example sixteen

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 5A to 5D. In the sixteenth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay nodes; wherein the first network device in Embodiment 16 is a base station; and the second network device is in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and the base station. The Nth relay node; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, an uplink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in the foregoing FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 5A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5D, the method comprising: the first network device receiving the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes the second data packet; The second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of the terminal device data radio bearer DRB; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device and the third network packet An uplink GTP tunnel end point between the devices; the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the DRB identifier of the terminal device. The first data packet is received by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device. The second data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device. The GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; correspondingly, the second data packet passes through the third network device and the The GTP-U layer between the first network devices, receiving, includes: the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB, the configuration of the RLC bearer, the end of the uplink GTP tunnel, the correspondence between the end of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the RLC The correspondence between the configuration of the bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device sends a message to the second network device, where the message includes: the RLC bearer Configuration. The first network device notifies the third network device of: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device Correspondence relationship. The "notification" herein includes: the first network device directly sends a message to the third network device, where the message includes: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the ending point of the uplink GTP tunnel Corresponding relationship of the identifiers of the DRBs of the terminal device. Or the first network device sends a message to the other network device, where the message includes: an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the DRB of the terminal device. The corresponding relationship of the logo. The other network device then forwards the message to the third network device.

First, the DU receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the second RLC bearer. Obtaining a second data packet from the first data packet; the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point (hereinafter referred to as a first uplink GTP tunnel end point) and a third data packet. Determining a mapped second uplink GTP tunnel destination for forwarding the first data packet of the first uplink GTP tunnel. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point is the uplink tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the CU. The second upstream GTP tunnel endpoint is configured by the CU. The correspondence between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the DU.

Second, the DU encapsulates the first data packet in the fourth data packet by the GTP-U protocol layer processing. The fourth data packet is a GTP PDU, and the fourth data packet includes a second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The DU sends a fourth data packet to the CU.

The CU receives the fourth data packet sent by the DU; acquires the first data packet and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point from the fourth data packet; and determines the DRB of the terminal device that is mapped by the second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The first data packet is transmitted to the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer of the DRB for processing.

In summary, in this embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a second data packet; and the second data packet includes an uplink GTP. Tunnel end point and third packet. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the second network device in Embodiment 16 of the embodiment, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the RLC bearer of the second network device. For the first network device, Identify what data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Therefore, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the terminal device.

Example seventeen

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish an uplink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing an uplink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 18 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes:

Step S181: The CU configures a first uplink GTP tunnel destination mapped by at least one DRB of the terminal device. The first uplink GTP tunnel end point is the uplink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the CU.

The CU configures a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. That is, based on the first uplink GTP tunnel end point included in the received uplink data packet, based on the first identifier and/or the second identifier of the terminal device corresponding to the uplink data packet, and the at least one DRB Logo. The first identifier of the terminal device is that the CU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the CU and the DU; the second identifier of the terminal device is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the CU and the DU.

Step S182: The CU sends a first message to the DU.

The first message includes at least one of the following:

1. The first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device.

2. Equipment identification of RN1;

3. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

4. The first uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB.

Step S183: The DU configures a second uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the RN1 and the DU;

The second uplink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the first uplink GTP end point tunnel. The DU configures a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. And configuring a first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the RN2 and the DU.

Step S184: The DU sends a second message to the RN2.

The second message is generated according to the first message, that is, part of the information in the first message is replaced, new information is added in the first message, and the second message is generated after the other information in the first message is kept unchanged. The second message includes at least one of the following:

1. The third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device. The third identifier is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the UE on the interface between the DU and the RN1. The third identifier may be the same as or different from the second identifier. The fourth identifier is that the RN1 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the RN1. Or, in the second message, the third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device are not included, but the fifth identifier of the terminal device is included, and the fifth identifier of the terminal device is localized by the terminal device under the RN1. The identifier, that is, an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device under RN1. The fifth identifier is assigned by the RN1 or the base station.

2. Equipment identification of RN1;

3. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

4. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB;

5. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the first RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S185: RN2 configures a second RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB.

The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between RN1 and RN2. The second RLC bearer has a one-to-one correspondence with the first RLC bearer. The RN2 configures a correspondence between the second RLC bearer and the first RLC bearer.

Step S186: RN2 sends a third message to RN1.

The third message is generated according to the second message, that is, the partial information in the second message is replaced, and the third message is generated after the other information in the second message is kept unchanged. The third message includes at least one of the following:

1. The third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device. (If the second message includes the item), or the third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device are not included in the third message, but the fifth identifier of the terminal device is included. (if included in the second message).

2. The device identifier of the RN1.

3. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

4. The second uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB;

5. The configuration information of the second RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB or the second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The configuration information of the second RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the second RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the second RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S187: RN1 configures a third RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB.

The third RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the terminal device and the RN1. The configuration information of the third RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of a third RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC entity, and a configuration of a logical channel. The identifier of the third RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

The RN1 is further configured to: a correspondence between the third RLC bearer and the second uplink GTP tunnel; a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel and the second RLC bearer, the third RLC bearer and the at least one Correspondence relationship of the DRB; a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the second RLC bearer; and a correspondence between the third RLC bearer and the second RLC bearer.

Example 18

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 5A to 5D. In the eighteenth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay devices; the first network device is the Nth relay device in the downlink communication path from the base station to the terminal device, as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D. RN1; the second network device is a base station or an N-1th relay device in the downlink communication path, such as RN2 shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, or as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D. Base station. The third network device is a base station. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

Specifically, FIG. 19 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 5A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 19, the method includes the following steps:

Step S191: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S192: The first network device sends the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device and a second data packet; the second data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; and the third data packet The data packet of the DRB is wirelessly carried for the data transmitted to the terminal device. The downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and The configuration of the second RLC bearer corresponds to.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device.

Optionally, the second data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device. The third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data packet Receiving by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, including: the second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer and the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer At least one layer of the reception.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device further includes: an adaptation layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes the first network device and the The first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer transmission between the second network device, including: the second data packet passing between the first network device and the terminal device The adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer receive; the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device; The three data packets are sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the adaptation layer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data packet passes The GTP-U layer receiving between the third network device and the first network device includes: the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before step S191, the method includes:

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB is configured by a third network device. Correspondingly, before step S191, the method includes: acquiring, by the first network device, an identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the downlink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the configuration of the second RLC bearer, And the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before step S192, the first network device notifies the third network device that the message includes: the downlink GTP tunnel destination, and the downlink GTP tunnel destination and the terminal Correspondence relationship between the identifiers of the DRBs of the device. The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device. The "notification" herein means that the first network device directly sends a message to the terminal device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer and a location of the terminal device. The correspondence between the identifiers of the DRBs. Or, the first network device directly sends a message to the other network device, and the other network device forwards the message to the terminal device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer and the terminal Correspondence relationship between the identifiers of the DRBs of the device.

Specifically, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device. Acquiring the identifier of the first network device and the second data packet from the first data packet; the second data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet. According to the identifier of the first network device, it may be determined that the first data packet is a data packet of the terminal device served by itself. Determining a DRB of the terminal device that is mapped by the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and a second RLC bearer that is mapped by the DRB, so as to determine a second RLC bearer mapped by the end of the downlink GTP tunnel; or directly determining The second RLC bearer mapped by the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the mapping between the downlink GTP tunnel destination and the DRB is configured by the first network device. The correspondence between the DRB and the second RLC bearer is also configured by the first network device. The correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second RLC bearer is also configured by the first network device. The configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC, and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the first network device and the terminal device are also configured by the first network device. The first network device sends the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer.

The terminal device receives the third data packet by using a second RLC bearer. Determining the DRB mapped by the second RLC bearer; transmitting the third data packet to a PDCP layer and a SDAP layer processing of the DRB.

In the embodiment 18, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device sends the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby implementing data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device.

Example 19

Based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, for the second network device, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device. In the case of a network device, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. The present application provides the following method to solve this technical problem.

As shown in FIG. 16, line 1 on the second network device indicates the transmission path of the second network device's own data or control signaling.

In the first case, the first data packet and the second network device's own data need to be multiplexed when the first RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. The second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet sent to the terminal device, for example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, the first data packet is an RLC PDU. If an adaptation layer is further included on the RLC layer shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, and the data of the second network device itself is also transmitted through the adaptation layer, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the second network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer transmission of the SRB of the second network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer.

The second case: the first data packet and the control signaling on the F1 interface transmitted by the second network device multiplex the first RLC bearer; and the second network device's own data is transmitted through the dedicated RLC bearer.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D, since the first data packet and the second network device's own data packet are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the data contained in the RLC PDU is The first data packet is still data from the first network device, and therefore, the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate a data packet included in the RLC PDU and sent to the terminal device or used to indicate the RLC PDU. Included is the second network device's own data packet. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the data of the second network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the data packet sent to the terminal device.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, since the first data packet and the second network device's own control signaling are both RLC PDUs, in order to identify the data contained in the RLC PDU is The data packet sent to the terminal device is also the control signaling from the second network device, so the indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate that the RLC PDU contains the data packet sent to the terminal device. Or used to indicate that the RLC PDU includes control signaling of the second network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the control information of the second network device itself; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the RLC PDU includes the data sent to the terminal device. package.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, for the first network device, based on the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5A to FIG. 5D, due to the first data packet and the second network device The own data packet and control signaling are both RLC PDUs. Therefore, in order to identify whether the data contained in the RLC PDU is a data packet sent to the terminal device or a data packet or control signaling from the second network device, The indication information is set in the RLC PDU to indicate that the RLC PDU includes a data packet sent to the terminal device or is used to indicate that the RLC PDU includes a data packet or control signaling of the second network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 2-bit length indication information in the RLC PDU. The indication of the 2-bit indication information is as follows:

Manner 1: One of the 2 bits is used to distinguish whether the RLC PDU contains data or control signaling. If the bit indicates that the RLC PDU contains data, further, another bit of the 2 bits is used to distinguish the RLC PDU. Included is the second network device's own data packet or the data packet sent to the terminal device. For example, if the first bit of the 2 bits is 1, it indicates the control signaling included in the RLC PDU. If the first bit of the 2 bits is 0, it indicates the data contained in the RLC PDU. If the first bit is 0, further, Viewing the second bit of the 2 bits. If the second bit is 0, it indicates that the data included in the RLC PDU is the data packet of the second network device. If the second bit is 1, it indicates that the data included in the RLC PDU is sent to The data packet of the terminal device.

Manner 2: The 2-bit joint is used to distinguish the control signaling contained in the RLC PDU, the data packet of the second network device itself, and the data packet sent to the terminal device. For example, 00 indicates control signaling included in the RLC PDU. 01 denotes a second network device own data packet included in the RLC PDU; and 10 denotes that the RLC PDU contains a data packet sent to the terminal device. 11 is the reserved value.

In summary, the first data packet carries the indication information, so that the second network device can identify, by using the indication information, that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet sent to the terminal device, thereby improving data transmission. Reliability.

Example twenty

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 5C to 5D. In the twenty-second embodiment, the first network device is the nth relay device in the downlink communication path of the base station to the terminal device, such as RN2 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the second network device is the base station or the The n-1th relay device in the downlink communication path, such as the base station in FIG. 3C or FIG. 3D; the third network device is the Nth relay device in the downlink communication path, as shown in FIG. 3C or FIG. 3D RN1; the fourth network device is the n+1th relay device in the downlink communication path; as shown in FIG. 3C or RN1 in FIG. 3D, the terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices; , n is a positive integer greater than 1, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 20 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5C to FIG. 5D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 20, the method includes the following steps:

Step S201: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S202: The first network device sends the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer.

The first data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device and a second data packet; and the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device and the second data packet.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before step S201, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before step S202, the method further includes: the first network device sending a second message to the fourth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device, and the first MAC layer and the first physical layer receive; the first data The packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the fourth network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the first network device and the fourth network device further include a second adaptation layer; correspondingly, the third data packet passes the fourth network device and the first network device The second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent, the third data packet passing through the second adaptation layer between the fourth network device and the first network device And transmitting, by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer.

Specifically, the first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer. Obtaining the device identifier and the second data packet of the third network device from the first data packet; processing the second data packet by the adaptation layer and encapsulating the third data packet in the third data packet. The third data packet is an adaptation layer PDU, where the third data packet includes a device identifier of the third network device and a second data packet. The first network device determines a second RLC bearer mapped by the first RLC bearer. The configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the second RLC, and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the second network device and the first network device are configured by the first network device; the first RLC The correspondence between the bearer and the second RLC bearer is configured by the first network device. The first network device sends the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer.

In the embodiment 20, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device sends the third data packet to the fourth network device by using the second RLC bearer. data pack. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the fourth network device is implemented.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is sent to the second network device Packet.

The method is the same as that in the nineteenth embodiment, and the present application will not be described again.

Similarly, for the first network device in Embodiment 20, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling multiplexing the second RLC bearer of the first network device, for the fourth network device. In other words, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet of the second network device.

Embodiment 21

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 5A to 5D. In the twenty-first embodiment, the first network device is a base station, as shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D; the terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay devices; and the second network device is a terminal device to the base station. The first relay device in the downlink communication path; RN2 as shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D. The third network device is an Nth relay device in the downlink communication path; and RN1 is shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example. Specifically, a downlink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 5A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 5, the method includes: the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, and a second data packet; the second data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; a configuration of the RLC bearer corresponding to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device The identifier of the DRB corresponds to the identifier.

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: sending, by the first network device, the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: The configuration of the RLC bearer; the first network device notifying the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device to the third network device.

Optionally, the mapping between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the second network device; correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device, The first network device receives the message sent by the second network device; the message includes: a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the downlink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the mapping between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB is configured by the third network device; correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device, the method further includes: The first network device acquires the following message of the configuration of the third network device; the correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet is sent by the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device. The second data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the first data packet passes through the Transmitting GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, including: the first data packet passing the GTP between the third network device and the first network device The U layer and the at least one layer are transmitted.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes: an adaptation layer; correspondingly, the first data packet passes the second network device and the And sending, by the first network device, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, where the first data packet passes the adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device, The RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer transmit. The second data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the adaptation layer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data And transmitting, by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, the second data packet is sent by using the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

First, the CU determines the correspondence between the third data packet and the DRB. The DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the CU. The correspondence between the third data packet and the DRB, and the configuration of the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer of the DRB are configured by the CU.

Next, the CU encapsulates the third data packet into the data packet, and determines the first downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the DRB. The end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel is the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel on the interface between the CU and the DU. The first downlink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the DU. The correspondence between the DRB and the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the DU.

Finally, the CU encapsulates the encapsulated data packet in a second data packet. The second data packet is a GTP PDU, and the second data packet includes a first downlink GTP tunnel end point. Sending the second data packet to the DU.

The DU obtains the third data packet and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point from the second data packet, and determines the second downlink GTP tunnel end point that is mapped by the first downlink GTP tunnel end point for forwarding the first data packet. The second downlink GTP tunnel end point is the downlink tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the third network device. The second downlink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the third network device.

The correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the DU.

The DU encapsulates the third data packet in a downlink data packet by GTP-U protocol layer processing. The downlink data packet is a GTP PDU and includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point.

The DU determines a third network device to which the second downlink GTP tunnel end point is mapped. That is, the relay node accessed by the terminal device is determined according to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point in the received downlink data packet. The downlink data packet is encapsulated by the adaptation layer protocol and encapsulated in the first data packet. The first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet includes a device identifier of the third network device.

The DU determines the RLC bearer mapped by the end of the first downlink GTP tunnel, and the RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the DU and the second network device. The configuration of the RLC layer and the logical channel carried by the RLC, and the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the DU and the second network device are configured by the DU; the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the RLC bearer is performed by the DU. Configuration. The DU sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device and a second data packet; The second data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device And a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the third network device; the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; and the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the DRB identifier of the terminal device. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the first network device in the twenty-first embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the RLC bearer of the first network device, and for the second network device, identification is required. What kind of data or signaling is received data or control signaling. This application solves this problem by the following alternatives.

Therefore, the first data packet further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet that is sent to the terminal device.

Example twenty two

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish a downlink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing a downlink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 21 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 21, the method includes:

Step S211: RN1 configures a first downlink GTP tunnel destination mapped by at least one DRB of the terminal device; and configures a first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB;

The first downlink GTP tunnel is a downlink GTP tunnel between the DU and the RN1; the first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the terminal device and the RN1.

Step S212: RN1 sends a first message to RN2.

The first message contains at least one of the following:

1. The first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device. The first identifier is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the RN1. The second identifier is that the RN1 uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the RN1. Alternatively, the first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device are not included in the first message, but the third identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the RN1 are included. The third identifier of the terminal device is a local identifier of the terminal device under the RN1, that is, an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device under the access relay node. The third identity is assigned by the RN1 or the base station.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The first downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB;

4. Configuration information of the first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the first RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S213: The RN2 configures a correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the second RLC bearer.

The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the DU and the RN2, and the second RLC bearer is configured by the DU.

Step S214: The RN2 sends a second message to the DU.

The second message may be a context establishment response message or a context modification response message of the terminal device. The second message includes: a correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the second RLC bearer. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

Step S215: The DU configures a second downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB, a correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, and a second downlink GTP tunnel end point. Corresponding relationship with the RN1, the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer.

The second downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the CU and the DU; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point has a one-to-one correspondence with the first downlink GTP tunnel end point. The DU may determine the third identifier and/or the fourth identifier of the terminal device and the second RLC bearer according to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point. The third identifier is that the CU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the CU. The fourth identifier is that the DU uniquely identifies the identifier of the terminal device on the interface between the DU and the CU. The fourth identifier and the second identifier may be the same or different.

Step S216: The DU sends a third message to the CU.

The third message is generated according to the second message, that is, the partial information in the second message is replaced, new information is added in the second message, and the third message is generated after the other information in the second message is kept unchanged. The third message includes at least one of the following:

1. The third identifier and the fourth identifier of the terminal device.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The second downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB;

4. Configuration information of the first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the terminal device and the RN1. Configured by RN1. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S217: The CU configures a correspondence between the at least one DRB and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point.

That is, the second downlink GTP tunnel end point is determined according to the at least one DRB.

In summary, the downlink communication path between network devices can be established by this method, thereby ensuring data transmission between network devices.

Example twenty-three

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D and their corresponding protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D. In Embodiment 23, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; the first network device described below is the first relay node in the uplink communication path from the terminal device to the base station, and may be, for example, a figure. 3A to RN1 in FIG. 3D; the second network device is a base station, and the base station may be a base station in a communication system including a relay device, that is, a host base station, for example, may be the host base station in FIG. 6A; or The base station may be a DU of the host base station deployed by the CU-DU in the communication system including the relay device, for example, may be the DU of the host base station in FIG. 6C; or the second network device is the uplink communication of the terminal device to the base station. The second relay node in the path may be, for example, RN2 in Figures 3B and 3D. The third network device is a host base station, for example, the host base station in FIG. 3C; or the third network device is a DU of the host base station, for example, may be the DU of the donor base station in FIG. 3D.

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 22 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 6A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 22, the method includes the following steps:

Step S221: The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first data packet is a data packet of the DRB of the terminal device.

Step S222: The first network device sends the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer.

Specifically, when there is an uplink data packet to be transmitted, the terminal device determines the DRB to which the uplink data packet to be transmitted is mapped. The DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the base station. If the base station adopts CU-DU separation, the DRB is a data radio bearer between the terminal device and the CU of the base station. The terminal device determines the DRB that sends the uplink data packet according to the mapping relationship between the uplink data packet and the DRB. The correspondence between the uplink data packet and the DRB, and the configuration of the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer of the DRB are configured by the base station or the CU of the base station. As shown in the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, the first data packet sent by the terminal device is a PDCP PDU. Optionally, the first data packet passes the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the terminal device (such as the RLC layer of the first network device shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), the first MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 6A). The MAC layer of the first network device shown in FIG. 6D and the first physical layer (the PHY layer of the first network device as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are received.

Further, the identifier of the DRB has a corresponding relationship with the configuration of the first RLC bearer. The first RLC bearers an RLC bearer that is an interface between the terminal device and the first network device. The configuration of the first RLC bearer, the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration on the interface between the terminal device and the first network device, and the mapping relationship between the DRB and the first RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. The configuration of the first RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity of the interface between the terminal device and the first network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-configuration; optionally, the identifier of the RLC bearer may be The identification of the logical channel of the logical channel.

The configuration of the first RLC bearer and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, before the step S221, the method further includes: the first network device notifying the terminal device of the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer. An optional notification manner is that the first network device sends the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer to the host base station, and then sent by the host base station to the terminal device; Another optional notification manner is that the first network device directly sends the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer to the terminal device. Based on this, the terminal device may generate a first data packet according to the corresponding relationship between the uplink data packet to be sent and the DRB; the first data packet is a PDCP PDU of the DRB. Further, the first RLC bearer is determined according to the corresponding relationship between the DRB and the first RLC bearer, and the terminal device sends the first uplink data packet of the DRB to the first network device by using the first RLC bearer.

The identity of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device. Correspondingly, before step SX1, the method further includes: the first network device acquiring the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device configured by the third network device.

The first network device receives the first data packet by using the first RLC bearer. And determining, according to the correspondence between the DRB and the uplink GTP tunnel end point, or the corresponding relationship between the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the DRB or the first RLC bearer. The mapping relationship between the DRB or the first RLC bearer and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the first network device. The "correspondence" or "correspondence relationship" in this example refers to a one-to-one correspondence. The uplink GTP tunnel endpoint is configured by the second network device.

The second data packet includes a device identifier of the first network device, a device identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB, and a first data packet. As shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the second data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The second data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), and the second RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D shows the RLC layer on the right side of the RN1 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( The PHY layer on the right side of RN1 shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D is transmitted. In another embodiment, the second data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The second data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, the RLC layer on the right side of the RN1 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN1 as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are transmitted.

The correspondence between the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. The identifier of the first network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the host base station of the first network device, and can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device, and can be configured by the first network device or configured by the host base station.

The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the first network device and the second network device. Correspondingly, before the step S222, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the message, the message comprising: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, the terminal device The DRB identifies the correspondence between the three and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. After the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, in step S222, the first network device determines the identifier of the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer of the terminal device. The ID of the DRB of the terminal device. Further, the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device may determine the second RLC bearer. It should be noted that the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the MAC layer and physical layer configuration on the interface between the first network device and the second network device are configured by the second network device. The configuration of the second RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity on an interface between the first network device and the second network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-origin configuration; optionally, the RLC bearer The identity may be an identification of a logical channel of the logical channel.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet of the DRB that is sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device according to the correspondence between the first RLC bearer and the DRB of the terminal device, Determining the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the DRB, and according to the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the DRB, and the identifier of the terminal device and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the second RLC bearer , determining the second RLC bearer. And transmitting the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the terminal device and the second network device is implemented.

Example twenty four

Based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, for the first network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device. In the case of a network device, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. The present application provides the following method to solve this technical problem.

FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 23, wherein line 1 represents a transmission path of data or control signaling of the first network device.

In the first case, the second data packet and the first network device's own data need to be multiplexed when the second RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. For example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, the second data packet may be an adaptation layer PDU or an RLC PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network backup transmitted by the first network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer transmission of the SRB of the first network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer. Optionally, the interface between the first network device and the second network device is an F1 interface.

a second case: the second data packet and the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network device transmitted by the first network device multiplex the second RLC bearer; and the first network device itself The data is transmitted over a dedicated RLC bearer.

a third case: the third data packet, the data of the first network device itself, and the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network device transmitted by the first network device are all multiplexed The second RLC bearer.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify that the received data of the second network packet sent by the first network device by using the first RLC bearer is sent by the terminal device A data packet, or data from the first network device, needs to be distinguished by the identity of the terminal device included in the second data packet. The first network device has its own local identity in addition to the local identity of the terminal device it serves, that is, the identity of the terminal device. If the data packet sent by the first network device to the second network device is a data packet of the terminal device, the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the terminal device; if the first network device is sent to the second network device The data packet is a data packet of the first network device, and the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the first network device. The local identifier of the terminal device and the first network device is an identifier of the first network device that uniquely identifies the terminal device and the first network device, and may be configured/allocated by the first network device or by the first network device The host base station is allocated/configured for the first network device.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify that the received first network device sends the second data packet through the first RLC bearer, the first data packet is sent by the terminal device. The data packet, or the control signaling from the first network device, needs to set indication information in the second data packet to indicate that the second data packet includes the first data packet or is used to indicate the second data packet. Included in the data packet is the control information of the first network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the second data packet. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the second data packet includes the first network device's own control signaling; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the second data packet includes the first Packet; or vice versa.

For the second network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify whether the second data packet includes the first data packet sent by the terminal device, or the data packet from the first network device or Control signaling requires setting indication information in the second data packet. And indicating that the first data packet is included in the second data packet or is used to indicate that the second data packet includes control signaling of the first network device itself. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the second data packet. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the second data packet includes the first network device's own control signaling; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the second data packet includes the terminal device. a data packet or a data packet of the first network device; or vice versa. Further, if the first data packet of the terminal device or the data packet of the first network device is included in the second data packet, the first data sent by the terminal device is distinguished by the identifier of the terminal device included in the second data packet. Packet, or data from the first network device. Specifically, if the data packet sent by the first network device to the second network device is a data packet of the terminal device, the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the terminal device; if the first network device sends the data packet The data packet of the second network device is the data packet of the first network device, and the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is the local identifier of the first network device.

In summary, the identifier and the indication information of the terminal device carried by the second data packet enable the second network device to identify that the second data packet includes the first data packet of the terminal device, so that the data packet can be processed through the corresponding protocol stack. To guarantee the QoS of the packet.

Example twenty five

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D respectively. In the twenty-fifth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The first network device is the nth relay node in the uplink communication path between the terminal device and the base station, such as RN2 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the second network device is the n-1th in the uplink communication path. Following the node, such as RN1 in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D; the third network device is a base station, such as the base station in FIG. 3C, or the DU of the base station, such as the DU of the base station in FIG. 3D; wherein n is greater than 1 and less than A positive integer equal to N. In this embodiment, N = 2 and n = 2. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, FIG. 24 is an interaction flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 24, the method includes the following steps:

Step S241: The first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S242: The first network device sends the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer.

Specifically, the first data packet includes an identifier of the second network device, an identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a second data packet, where the identifier of the second network device is at least a host of the second network device The identifier of the second network device that can be uniquely identified by the base station can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the second network device, and can be configured by the first network device or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the second network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device correspond to the first RLC bearer. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D shows the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( Received by the PHY layer on the left side of RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D. In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of the RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D) are received.

The third data packet includes: an identifier of the second network device, an identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a second data packet; an identifier of the second network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device. Corresponding to the second RLC bearer.

The corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the identifier of the second network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the first network device; Before the step S101, the method further includes: the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer; an identifier of the second network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a terminal The DRB of the device identifies the correspondence between the three and the first RLC bearer. Based on this, the second network device may determine, according to the identifier of the second network device included in the first data packet that is sent, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer used for sending the first data packet. .

Further, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the second network device. Correspondingly, before the step S102, the method further includes: the first network device receives the second message, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an identifier of the second network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a DRB of the terminal device. The correspondence between the three and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is identified. Based on this, the first network device determines, according to the identifier of the second network device included in the received third data packet, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device may determine the second RLC bearer used for sending the third data packet. Configure, and send a third data packet by using the second RLC bearer. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, in an implementation manner, the third data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The third data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6L shows the RLC layer on the right side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( The PHY layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D is transmitted. In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, the RLC layer on the right side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D) are transmitted.

It should be noted that the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration of the interface between the first network device and the second network device are configured by the first network device; the MAC layer and the physical layer of the interface between the first network device and the third network device. The configurations are all configured by the DU of the third network device or the third network device.

The configuration of the first RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity on an interface between the first network device and the second network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-configuration; optionally, the RLC bearer The identification may be an identification of a logical channel of the logical channel.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity on an interface between the first network device and the third network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-configuration; optionally, the RLC bearer The identification may be an identification of a logical channel of the logical channel.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device determines, according to the identifier of the third network device included in the first data packet, the terminal The correspondence between the identifier of the device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer determines the second RLC bearer. And sending a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the third network device is implemented.

It should be noted that, for the second network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device. Therefore, for the first network device, It is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. For the first network device, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device, and for the third network device, the received data needs to be identified or What kind of data or signaling is the control signaling. This application solves this problem in the following manner.

The first network device identifies, by using the indication information included in the first data packet, that the data included in the first data packet or the first data packet is included in the control signaling; the first network device passes the inclusion in the first data packet. The identifier of the terminal device identifies whether the data packet contained in the first data packet is the data packet of the second network device itself.

The third network device identifies, by using the indication information included in the third data packet, that the data included in the first data packet or the first data packet is included in the control signaling; the third network device passes the terminal in the third data packet. The identifier of the device identifies whether the data packet contained in the third data packet is the first network device's own data packet.

The method is the same as that of the second embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Example twenty six

The uplink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D and their corresponding protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D. In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay nodes; wherein the first network device of the twenty-sixth embodiment is the DU of the base station or the base station; and the second network device is the terminal device to the base station. The Nth relay node in the uplink communication path; the third network device is the first relay node in the uplink communication path from the terminal device to the base station; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the uplink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the uplink communication path as an example.

Specifically, an uplink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 6A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6D, the method includes: the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, and the terminal The identifier of the device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second data packet; the second data packet is the number of the PDCP PDU of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein the identifier of the third network device is at least the host base station of the third network device The identifier capable of uniquely identifying the third network device may be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device, and can be configured by the third network device or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device correspond to the configuration of the RLC bearer.

Specifically, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the RLC bearer are configured by the first network device; Before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes: the first network device sends a message to the second network device; the message includes: the RLC bearer And the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the RLC bearer. The first network device notifies the third network device of the identity of the configured DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the left side of the host base station shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), and the RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D). The illustrated RLC layer on the left side of the donor base station and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the host base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D), and the physical layer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D) 6A to 6D to the PHY layer on the left side of the donor base station). In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by an RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the donor base station and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), The MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the donor base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) and the physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of the donor base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are received.

The configuration of the RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity on an interface between the first network device and the second network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-configuration; optionally, the RLC bearer The identification may be an identification of a logical channel of the logical channel.

Second, the DU sends a third data packet to the CU, the third data packet including the second data packet and a second uplink GTP tunnel end point. As shown in FIG. 6B or FIG. 6D, the third data packet is a GTP PDU.

The CU receives the third data packet sent by the DU, acquires the second data packet and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point from the fourth uplink data packet, and determines the DRB mapped by the second uplink GTP tunnel end point. The second uplink data packet is delivered to the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer of the DRB for processing.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a terminal device The identifier of the DRB and the second data packet; the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the RLC bearer. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the second network device in the twenty-sixth embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the RLC bearer of the second network device. Therefore, for the first network device, It is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. This application solves this problem in the following manner.

The first network device identifies, by the indication information included in the first data packet, the data included in the first data packet or the control information included in the first data packet. The first network device identifies, by the identifier of the included terminal device in the first data packet, whether the data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the first network device itself.

Example twenty seven

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish an uplink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing an uplink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 25 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing an uplink communication path according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 25, the method includes:

Step S251: The CU configures a first uplink GTP tunnel destination mapped by at least one DRB of the terminal device. The first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point on the interface between the DU and the CU;

The CU maintains a correspondence between the at least one DRB of the terminal device and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. That is, according to the first uplink GTP tunnel destination included in the received uplink data packet, the first identifier and/or the second identifier of the UE corresponding to the uplink data packet, and the at least one of the UEs can be determined. ID of the DRB. The first identifier of the UE is that the CU of the host base station uniquely identifies the identifier of the UE on the interface between the CU of the donor base station and the DU of the donor base station; the second identifier of the UE is that the DU of the host base station is at the host base station. The UE identifier is uniquely identified on the interface between the CU and the DU of the donor base station.

Step S252: The CU sends a first message to the DU.

2. The DRB identity and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

3. The first uplink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB.

Step S253: The DU determines, according to the received first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device, the third identifier of the terminal device and the first relay in the uplink communication path between the terminal device and the host base station. The device ID of the node, that is, the device ID of RN1.

The third identifier of the terminal device is a local identifier of the terminal device under the RN1, that is, an identifier that the RN1 can uniquely identify the terminal device. The third identity is assigned by the RN1 or the donor base station. The device identifier of the RN1 is a identifier that can uniquely identify the first network device RN1 at least under the host base station of the RN1, and can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station.

And maintaining a mapping relationship between the combination of the third identifier of the terminal device and the device identifier of the RN1 and the first identifier and the second identifier combination of the terminal device. That is, the first identifier and/or the second identifier of the terminal device corresponding to the uplink data packet can be determined according to the third identifier of the terminal device and the device identifier of the RN1 that are included in the received uplink data packet.

Maintaining a mapping relationship between the at least one DRB of the terminal device and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point. That is, according to the third identifier of the terminal device and the device identifier of the RN1 included in the received uplink data packet, and the DRB ID of the at least one DRB, the first uplink GTP tunnel destination corresponding to the uplink data packet can be determined.

And configuring a first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device. The first RLC bearer bears an RLC bearer on an interface between the RN2 and the DU of the donor base station. The first RLC bearer carries a one-to-one correspondence with the combination of the device identifier of the RN1, the third identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB ID of the at least one DRB of the terminal device.

Step S254: The DU sends a second message to the RN2.

1. The third identifier of the terminal device.

2. The device identifier of RN1.

3. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

Step S255: The RN2 configures a second RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device. The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between RN1 and RN2. The second RLC bearer carries a one-to-one correspondence with the combination of the device identifier of the RN1, the third identifier of the terminal device, and the DRB ID of the at least one DRB of the terminal device.

Maintaining a correspondence between the at least one DRB of the UE and the first RLC bearer.

Step S256: RN2 sends a third message to RN1.

1. The third identifier of the terminal device.

2. The device identifier of RN1.

3. Identification and QoS parameters of the at least one DRB.

4. Configuration information of the second RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB. The configuration information of the second RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the second RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the second RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel. .

Step S257: The RN1 configures a third RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device. The third RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the terminal device and the RN1. The configuration information of the RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of an RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC entity, and a configuration of a logical channel. The identifier of the RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Maintaining a mapping relationship between the third RLC bearer and the at least one DRB;

Maintaining a mapping relationship between the at least one DRB and the second RLC bearer;

Example twenty eight

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D. In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; the first network device is the first relay node in the downlink communication path from the base station to the terminal device; for example, it may be FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D. RN1, the second network device is a base station, for example, the host base station shown in FIG. 3A; or the second network device is a DU of the base station, for example, the DU of the host base station shown in FIG. 3B; or, The second network device is the N-1th relay node in the downlink communication path. For example, it may be RN2 shown in FIGS. 3C to 3D, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

Specifically, FIG. 26 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the foregoing four scenarios, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 6A. To any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6D, based on this, as shown in FIG. 26, the method includes the following steps:

Step S261: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S262: The first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer.

The configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. The first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device, an identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a second data packet; the second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein, the first network The identifier of the device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the host base station of the first network device, and can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device, and can be configured by the first network device or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device correspond to the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6A), and the first RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6A shows the RLC layer on the right side of the RN1 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( Received by the PHY layer on the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D. In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6A, the RLC layer on the right side of the RN1 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of RN1 as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are received.

The identifiers of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are in one-to-one correspondence with the configuration of the first RLC bearer.

The correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device. It should be noted that the MAC layer and the physical layer on the interface between the second network device and the first network device are also configured by the second network device.

The correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the first network device. It should be noted that the MAC layer and the physical layer on the interface between the first network device and the terminal device are also configured by the first network device. The first network device sends the configured information to the second network device, so that the second network device is used in the downlink data transmission process.

After receiving the first data packet, the first network device determines the mapped second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the first network device included in the first data packet, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and passes the The second RLC bearer sends a second data packet to the terminal device. The second data packet is a PDCP PDU transmitted to the terminal device. Optionally, the second data packet is carried by the second RLC between the first network device and the terminal device (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the RN1 shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D) and the second MAC layer (as shown in FIG. 6A 6A to 6D, the MAC layer on the left side of RN1) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of RN1 shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are transmitted.

After receiving the second data packet, the terminal device determines the DRB mapped by the second RLC bearer, and transmits the second data packet to the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer of the DRB for processing. Correspondingly, the first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. An optional notification manner is that the first network device sends the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer to the host base station, and then sent by the host base station to the terminal device; Another optional notification manner is that the first network device directly sends the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer to the terminal device.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; and according to the identifier of the first network device included in the first data packet, the identifier of the terminal device, The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device determines the mapped second RLC bearer, determines the second RLC bearer, and finally sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; thereby implementing the first network device and the terminal device, and the second Data transfer between network devices.

Example twenty nine

Based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, for the first network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the first network device for reception. Therefore, for the first network device, it is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. The present application provides the following method to solve this technical problem.

FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 27, wherein line 1 represents a transmission path of data or control signaling sent to the first network device itself.

In the first case, the first data packet and the first network device's own data need to be multiplexed when the first RLC bearer (the RLC bearer of the DRB) is transmitted. For example, based on the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, the first data packet may be an adaptation layer PDU or an RLC PDU. Further, it is assumed that the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network backup transmitted by the second network device is transmitted through the RLC bearer of the SRB of the first network device or through a dedicated RLC bearer. Optionally, the interface between the first network device and the second network device is an F1 interface.

a second case: the first data packet and the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network device transmitted by the second network device multiplex the first RLC bearer; and the first network device itself The data is transmitted over a dedicated RLC bearer.

a third case: the first data packet, the data of the first network device itself, and the control signaling on the interface between the first network device and the second network device transmitted by the first network device are all multiplexed The first RLC bears.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify that the data included in the first data packet sent by the received second network device by using the first RLC bearer is sent to the terminal device. The second data packet, which is data of the first network device, needs to be distinguished by the identifier of the terminal device included in the second data packet. The first network device has its own local identity in addition to the local identity of the terminal device it serves, that is, the identity of the terminal device. If the data packet sent by the second network device to the first network device is a data packet of the terminal device, the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the terminal device; if the second network device is sent to the first network device The data packet is a data packet of the first network device, and the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the first network device. The local identifier of the terminal device and the first network device is an identifier of the first network device that uniquely identifies the terminal device and the first network device, and may be configured/allocated by the first network device or by the first network device The host base station is allocated/configured for the first network device.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify that the first data packet sent by the first network device received by the first RLC bearer is included in the first data packet sent to the terminal device The second data packet, or the control signaling sent to the first network device, needs to set indication information in the first data packet to indicate that the first data packet includes the second data packet or is used to indicate the first data packet. Included in the second data packet is control signaling sent to the first network device. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the first data packet. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the first data packet includes the first network device's own control signaling; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the first data packet includes the second Packet; or vice versa.

For the first network device, based on the protocol stack shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in order to identify whether the first data packet contains the second data packet sent to the terminal device, or the data packet or control signal of the first network device Therefore, the indication information needs to be set in the first data packet to indicate that the first data packet contains data or is used to indicate that the first data packet includes control signaling sent to the first network device. For example, the above function can be implemented by a 1-bit length indication information in the first data packet. If the indication information is 1, it indicates that the first data packet includes the first network device's own control signaling; if the indication information is 0, it indicates that the first data packet includes the terminal device. a data packet or a data packet of the first network device; or vice versa. Further, if the first data packet is included in the first data packet sent to the terminal device or sent to the first network device, the identifier is sent to the terminal by using the identifier of the terminal device included in the first data packet. The first data packet of the device is also the data packet sent to the first network device. Specifically, if the data packet sent by the second network device to the first network device is a data packet of the terminal device, the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the terminal device; if the second network device The data packet sent to the first network device is a data packet of the first network device, and the identifier of the terminal device included in the data packet is a local identifier of the first network device.

In summary, the first network device can identify that the first data packet includes the second data packet of the terminal device by using the identifier and the indication information of the terminal device that is carried by the first data packet, so that the data packet can be processed by using the corresponding protocol stack. To ensure the QoS of the terminal device data.

Example thirty

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D and their corresponding protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D. In an embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay nodes; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The first network device is an nth relay node in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device; the second network device is an n-1th relay node in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device or a base station or a DU of the base station; the third network device is the first one of the downlink communication paths; the fourth network device is the base station, or the DU of the base station; and the fifth network device is the nth of the downlink communication path +1 relay node; where n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N. Corresponding to FIG. 3C and 3D, the first network device is the RN2; the second network device is the DU of the base station or the base station; the third network device is the RN1; the fourth network device is the base station or the DU of the base station; and the fifth network device is the RN1.

Specifically, FIG. 28 is an interaction flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3C to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto. And applicable to any of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 28, the method includes the following steps:

Step S281: The first network device receives the first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer.

Step S282: The first network device sends the third data packet to the fifth network device by using the second RLC bearer.

Specifically, the first data packet includes an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a second data packet, where the identifier of the third network device is at least the fourth network device, that is, The identifier of the third network device that can be uniquely identified under the host base station can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device, and can be configured by the third network device or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device correspond to the first RLC bearer. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D shows the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( Received by the PHY layer on the left side of RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D. In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, the RLC layer on the left side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of the RN2 as shown in FIGS. 6C to 6D) are received.

The third data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a second data packet; an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device. Corresponding to the second RLC bearer.

The corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the first network device; Before the step S101, the method further includes: the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer; an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a terminal The correspondence between the three DRBs of the device and the first RLC bearer. Based on this, the second network device may determine, according to the identifier of the second network device included in the first data packet that is sent, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer used for sending the first data packet. .

Further, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the fifth network device. Correspondingly, before the step S102, the method further includes: the first network device receives the second message, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a DRB of the terminal device. The correspondence between the three and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is identified. Based on this, the first network device determines, according to the identifier of the third network device included in the received third data packet, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device may determine the second RLC bearer used for sending the third data packet. Configure, and send a third data packet by using the second RLC bearer. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, in an implementation manner, the third data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The third data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6L shows the RLC layer on the right side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D), and the second physical layer ( The PHY layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D is transmitted. In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by a second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (as shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D, the RLC layer on the right side of the RN2 and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer) The second MAC layer (the MAC layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D) and the second physical layer (the PHY layer on the right side of the RN2 shown in FIG. 6C to FIG. 6D) are transmitted.

It should be noted that the MAC layer and the physical layer configuration of the interface between the first network device and the second network device are configured by the first network device; the MAC layer and the physical layer of the interface between the first network device and the fifth network device. The configurations are all configured by the DU of the fifth network device or the fifth network device.

The configuration of the second RLC bearer includes: an identifier of the RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC layer entity on an interface between the first network device and the fifth network device, and a corresponding logical letter-to-configuration; optionally, the RLC bearer The identification may be an identification of a logical channel of the logical channel.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, and the first network device determines, according to the identifier of the third network device included in the first data packet, the terminal The correspondence between the identifier of the device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer determines the second RLC bearer. And sending, by the second RLC bearer, the third data packet to the fifth network device. Thereby, data transmission between the first network device and the second network device and the fifth network device is implemented.

It should be noted that, for the second network device, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the first RLC bearer of the second network device. Therefore, for the first network device, It is necessary to identify what kind of data or signaling the received data or control signaling is. For the first network device, there may be two or more types of data or control signaling to multiplex the second RLC bearer of the first network device, and for the fifth network device, the received data needs to be identified or What kind of data or signaling is the control signaling. This application solves this problem in the following manner.

The fifth network device identifies, by using the indication information included in the third data packet, that the data included in the first data packet or the first data packet is included in the control signaling; the fifth network device passes the terminal in the third data packet. The identifier of the device identifies whether the data packet contained in the third data packet is the first network device's own data packet.

The method is the same as that in the seventh embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Embodiment 31

The downlink data transmission method is introduced in conjunction with the application scenarios shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D and their respective protocol stacks shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D. In the thirty-first embodiment, the terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay nodes; wherein the first network device in the ninth embodiment is the base station or the DU of the base station; and the second network device is the downlink from the base station to the terminal device. The first relay node in the communication path; the third network device is the Nth relay node in the downlink communication path from the base station to the terminal device; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. The following describes the downlink data transmission method by taking the first network device in the downlink communication path as an example.

Specifically, an uplink data transmission method is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method is applicable to any of the scenarios shown in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D, but is not limited thereto, and is applicable to FIG. 6A to FIG. Any one of the protocol stacks shown in FIG. 6D, the method includes: the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, and the terminal The identifier of the device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second data packet; the second data packet is the number of PDCP PDUs of the DRB of the terminal device; wherein the identifier of the third network device is at least the host base station of the third network device, That is, the identifier of the third network device that can be uniquely identified under the first network device may be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the terminal device is that the identifier of the terminal device can be uniquely identified at least under the third network device, and can be configured by the third network device or configured by the host base station. The identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device correspond to the configuration of the RLC bearer.

Specifically, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the RLC bearer are configured by the first network device; Before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device, the method further includes: the first network device sends a message to the second network device; the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer, and a third Correspondence between the identifier of the network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the RLC bearer. The first network device notifies the third network device of the identity of the configured DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D, in an embodiment, the first data packet is an adaptation layer PDU. The first data packet passes through an adaptation layer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the adaptation layer on the left side of the host base station shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), and the RLC bearer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D). The illustrated RLC layer on the left side of the donor base station and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer), the MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the host base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D), and the physical layer (as shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D) 6A to 6D to the PHY layer on the left side of the donor base station). In another embodiment, the first data packet is an RLC layer PDU. The first data packet is carried by an RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device (such as the RLC layer on the left side of the donor base station and the logical channel between the RLC layer and the MAC layer shown in FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D), The MAC layer (the MAC layer on the left side of the donor base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) and the physical layer (the PHY layer on the left side of the donor base station as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6D) are transmitted.

First, the CU sends a third data packet to the DU, and the third data packet is a GTP PDU. The third data packet includes a first downlink GTP tunnel end point and a second data packet; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point on an interface between the CU and the DU; the second data packet PDCP PDU for the terminal device. The downlink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the RLC bearer configuration, and the identifier of the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device. The correspondence of the person is configured by the DU.

After receiving the third data packet sent by the CU, the DU determines the identifier of the third network device corresponding to the second data packet included in the third data packet according to the destination of the downlink data GTP tunnel included in the third data packet, and the identifier of the terminal device. , the ID of the DRB of the terminal device, and the RLC bearer configuration. After the DU generates the first data packet, the first data packet is sent to the second network device by using the RLC bearer.

In summary, in the embodiment, the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a DRB of the terminal device. The identifier and the second data packet; the identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the RLC bearer. Thereby data transmission between the first network device and the second network device is achieved.

For the second network device in the ninth embodiment, two or more types of data or control signaling may be used to multiplex the RLC bearer of the second network device, and for the second network device, the identification needs to be received. What kind of data or signaling is the data or control signaling. This application solves this problem in the following manner.

The second network device identifies, by the indication information included in the first data packet, data included in the first data packet or included in the first data packet as control signaling.

The second network device identifies, by the identifier of the included terminal device in the first data packet, whether the data packet included in the first data packet is a data packet of the second network device itself.

The manner is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, and the details are not described herein again.

Example thirty-two

Further, before each network device performs data transmission, it is also required to establish a downlink communication path between the network devices. The following takes the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D as an example to describe the process of establishing a downlink communication path. Specifically, FIG. 29 is an interaction flowchart of a method for establishing a downlink communication path according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 29, the method includes:

Step S291: The RN1 configures at least one of the following: a configuration of the first RLC bearer mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on an interface between the RN1 and the terminal device.

Step S292: RN1 sends a first message to RN2.

1. The first identifier of the terminal device. The first identifier of the terminal device is a local identifier of the terminal device under the RN1, that is, an identifier that the RN1 can uniquely identify the terminal device. The first identity is assigned by RN1 or a donor base station.

2. The device identifier of the first relay node in the uplink communication path between the terminal device and the host base station, that is, the device identifier of the RN1. The device identifier of the RN1 is an identifier that can uniquely identify the first network device at least under the host base station of the first network device, and can be configured by the network management system or configured by the host base station.

3. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

4. Correspondence between the at least one DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer. The configuration information of the first RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of the first RLC bearer, a configuration of the RLC entity, and a configuration of the logical channel. The identifier of the first RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S293: The RN2 determines, according to the first identifier of the terminal device in the received first message, the combination of the device identifier of the RN1 and the at least one DRB ID of the terminal device, determining the combination corresponding to the combination. Configuration information carried by the second RLC. The second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the RN2 and the RN1, and is configured by the RN2 to be configured for the RN1 in the process of establishing an uplink communication path.

The RN2 maintains a first identifier of the terminal device, a correspondence between a combination of the device identifier of the RN1 and the at least one DRB ID of the terminal device, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Step S294: RN2 forwards the first message to the DU of the donor base station.

Step S295: The DU determines the second identifier and the third identifier of the terminal device according to the received first identifier of the terminal device and the device identifier of the RN1. The second identifier of the terminal device is that the CU of the host base station uniquely identifies the identifier of the UE on the interface between the CU of the donor base station and the DU of the donor base station; the third identifier of the UE is that the DU of the host base station is at the host base station. The identities of the CU and the DU of the donor base station uniquely identify the UE identity.

The DU configures a first downlink GTP tunnel endpoint mapped by the at least one DRB of the terminal device; the first downlink GTP tunnel endpoint is a downlink GTP tunnel endpoint between the donor base station CU and the donor base station DU.

Maintaining a mapping relationship between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first identifier of the terminal device, the device identifier of the RN1, and the combination of the at least one DRB ID of the terminal device. That is, according to the first downlink GTP tunnel destination included in the received downlink data packet, the device identifier of the RN1 corresponding to the downlink data packet, the first identifier of the terminal device, and the terminal device The ID of the at least one DRB.

Determining, by the combination of the first identifier of the terminal device in the received first message, the device identifier of the RN1, and the at least one DRB ID of the terminal device, the third RLC corresponding to the combination Hosted configuration information. The third RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the DU and the RN2, and is configured by the DU for the RN2 in the process of establishing an uplink communication path.

The DU maintains a first identifier of the terminal device, a correspondence between a combination of the device identifier of the RN1 and the at least one DRB ID of the terminal device, and a configuration of the third RLC bearer. The configuration information of the third RLC bearer includes at least one of an identifier of an RLC bearer, a configuration of an RLC entity, and a configuration of a logical channel. The identifier of the RLC bearer may be an identifier of the logical channel.

Step S296: The DU sends a second message to the CU.

1. The second identifier and the third identifier of the terminal device.

2. The DRB identifier of the at least one DRB.

3. The first downlink GTP tunnel end point mapped by the at least one DRB.

4. The at least one DRB maps configuration information of the first RLC bearer. The first RLC bearer is an RLC bearer on the interface between the RN1 and the terminal device, and is configured by the RN1.

The CU maintains a correspondence between the at least one DRB of the terminal device and the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel. That is, according to the received downlink data packet of the at least one DRB of the terminal device, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the downlink data packet can be determined.

Example thirty three

FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 30, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 301 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

The sending module 302 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet, and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and The configuration of the second RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponding to the identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel The relationship is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, the method further includes:

The notification module 303 is configured to notify the terminal device of the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint, the correspondence between the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second RLC bearer The mapping between the configuration and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the second network device;

corresponding,

The receiving module 301 is further configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the Correspondence relationship between the identifier of the DRB and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including :

The second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and The second physical layer transmits.

The network device provided by the present application can be used for a corresponding data transmission method, and the content and effect thereof are not described herein again.

FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 31, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 311 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the first data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The sending module 312 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP The tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the sending module 312 is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, an end point of the first uplink GTP tunnel, Corresponding relationship between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point.

Correspondingly, the receiving module 311 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, Corresponding relationship between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

The second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device. ,include:

The first data packet passes the first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the first between the first network device and the second network device The at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are received.

The network device provided by the present application can be used to perform a corresponding data transmission method, and the content and effect thereof are not described herein again.

FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 32, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 321 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is a terminal device The data radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a sending module 322, configured to send a first message to the second network device; the first message includes: an uplink GTP tunnel end point, a configuration of the RLC bearer, and an uplink GTP tunnel a correspondence between an end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 33, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 331 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the second data packet is The data of the terminal device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB; wherein the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the Corresponding to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The sending module 332 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, the second data packet to the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is The identifier of the DRB corresponds to.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, the receiving module 331 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: the first network device sending a second message to the second network device, where the The second message includes: a mapping relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device ;

Optionally, the first data packet is received by a GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device;

The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 34, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 341 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel end point and a second data packet; and the second data packet Data packet of the DRB for the data of the terminal device; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink The end point of the GTP tunnel corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The sending module 342 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet, and the second downlink GTP tunnel The end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the receiving module 341 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first Corresponding relationship between the end point of the GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device ;

Correspondingly, the sending module 342 is further configured to: send, to the second network device, a second message, where the second message includes: the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the first downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the first RLC bearer; and a correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; sending a third message to the third network device, The third message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the corresponding relationship between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the third network device;

Correspondingly, the receiving module 341 is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the third network device, where the fourth message includes: the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the second RLC bearer; and a correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further include: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer; correspondingly, the first And transmitting, by the second network device, the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer, where the third data packet includes: Transmitting, by the third network device, the second GTP-U layer, the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the second PDCP layer between the third network device and the first network device The at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent. The first data packet further includes: first indication information; the first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is sent to the The data packet of the third network device. The third data packet further includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is a data packet of the third network device.

The third network device is an n-1th relay device in the communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The network device provided by the present application can be used to perform the data transmission method corresponding to FIG. 15, and the content and effect thereof are not described herein again.

FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 35, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The sending module 351 is configured to send, by using the RLC bearer, the first data packet to the second network device, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal device The data radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point The end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, the sending module 351 is further configured to send a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the second network device . The method further includes: a receiving module 352, configured to receive a second message sent by the second network device, where the second message includes: a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, and a Corresponding relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 36, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiver 361 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

The transmitter 362 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet, where the uplink GTP tunnel end point is An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and The configuration of the second RLC bearer corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponding to the identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel The relationship is configured by the first network device; correspondingly, the transmitter 362 is further configured to notify the terminal device of: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer and the Correspondence of the ID of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the receiver 361 is further configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an end of the uplink GTP tunnel, and an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel Corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.

FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 37, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiver 371 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the first data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The transmitter 372 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP The tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the receiver 371 is further configured to send a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, Corresponding relationship between the first uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point.

Correspondingly, the receiver 371 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, Corresponding relationship between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the second uplink GTP tunnel end point.

The second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device;

FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 38, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiver 381 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is a terminal device The data radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a transmitter 382, configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the uplink GTP tunnel a correspondence between an end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 39, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiver 391 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the second data packet is The data of the terminal device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB; wherein the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the Corresponding to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The transmitter 392 is configured to send the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to a configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is The identifier of the DRB corresponds to.

Correspondingly, the receiver 391 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 40, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiver 401 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet Data packet of the DRB for the data of the terminal device; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink The end point of the GTP tunnel corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The transmitter 402 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet, and the second downlink GTP tunnel The end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Correspondingly, the receiver 401 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, the transmitter 402 is further configured to: send a second message to the second network device, where the second message includes: the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the first RLC bearer; and a correspondence between the first downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device; sending a third message to the third network device, The third message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, the receiver 401 is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the third network device, where the fourth message includes: the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the second RLC bearer; and a correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

The third network device is an n-1th relay device in the communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 41, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The transmitter 411 is configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal device The data radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point The end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the correspondence between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the second network device . Also includes:

The receiver 412 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second network device, where the second message includes: a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the downlink GTP Correspondence between the tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 42 , the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 421 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device.

The sending module 422 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes a third data packet, where the third data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the a first data packet; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is a GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB identifier of the terminal device, and The configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer. The configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB.

Optionally, the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel The relationship is configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a notification module 423, configured to notify the terminal device of the following information: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: an obtaining module 424, configured to acquire the following information about the third network device configuration: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB, and the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device The correspondence between the identifiers of the DRBs.

Correspondingly, the receiving module 421 is further configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer and an end of the uplink GTP tunnel Correspondence relationship.

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including The second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer.

Optionally, the indication information is the uplink GTP tunnel end point.

FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 43, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 431 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a second data packet.

The sending module 432 is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes the second data packet, and the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the second The configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and a configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sending module 432 is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the second RLC bearer. Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device, the first network device further includes: a receiving module 431, configured to receive a second message sent by the third network device, where The second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device, and is received by a first MAC layer and a first physical layer; The packet is transmitted by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the third network device.

Optionally, the method further includes: the first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and a base station; and the second network device is a number in the uplink communication path. N-1 relay devices; the third network device is the base station or the n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path; the terminal device passes the N relay devices and the base station Communication; wherein n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

FIG. 44 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 44, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 441 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a second data packet, where the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and a third data packet. The third data packet is a data packet of the terminal device data radio bearer DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; the RLC bearer The configuration corresponds to the end of the uplink GTP tunnel; the end of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the identifier of the DRB, the configuration of the RLC bearer, the end of the uplink GTP tunnel, the correspondence between the end of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the RLC The correspondence between the configuration of the bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a sending module 442, configured to send a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer.

The notification module 443 is configured to notify the third network device of: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the DRB of the terminal device The corresponding relationship of the logo.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data packet passes through the third network device And receiving, by the GTP-U layer, the first network device, the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The second network device is an Nth relay device in an uplink communication path of the terminal device to the base station; where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

FIG. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 45, the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The receiving module 451 is configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the first network device and a second data packet; The data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a third data packet; the third data packet is a data packet of a data radio bearer DRB sent to the terminal device, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is the first network device a downlink GTP tunnel end point with the third network device;

The sending module 452 is configured to send the third data packet to the terminal device by using the second RLC bearer; the identifier of the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer correspond.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Correspondingly, the receiving module 451 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device.

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes: acquiring, by the first network device, the identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the downlink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the downlink GTP tunnel end point and The correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the first network device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes a notification module 453, configured to notify the third network device that the message includes: the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint, and the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the terminal device Correspondence of the ID of the DRB. Notifying the terminal device of a configuration of the second RLC bearer and a correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device; The packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device. The third data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data packet Receiving by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the first network device and the second network device further includes: an adaptation layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is sent by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device, including: the second The data packet is received by the adaptation layer between the first network device and the terminal device, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer; the second data packet passes the Receiving, by the GTP-U layer between the first network device and the third network device; the third data packet is carried by the second RLC between the first network device and the terminal device, and second The MAC layer and the second physical layer transmit.

Optionally, the GTP-U layer of the first network device and the adaptation layer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer; and correspondingly, the second data Receiving, by the GTP-U layer between the third network device and the first network device, the second data packet is received by the GTP-U layer and the at least one layer.

The second network device is the N-1th relay device in the base station or the downlink communication path. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.

The network device of the network device provided by the embodiment of the present application is the first network device, and includes:

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Correspondingly, the receiving module is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sending module 462 is further configured to send, by the first network device, the second message to the fourth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, a first adaptation layer is further included between the first network device and the second network device;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device, including: the first The data packet is received by the first adaptation layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device.

Optionally, the first data packet further includes: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second data packet included in the first data packet is sent to the second A packet of a network device.

Optionally, the third data packet further includes: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the second data packet included in the third data packet is the second network The packet of the device.

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

A schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the network device is a first network device, including:

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sending module is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer; and the first network device uses the DRB of the terminal device The identity of the notification is notified to the third network device.

Optionally, the mapping between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB is configured by the third network device;

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a receiving module, configured to acquire the following message of the configuration of the third network device; a correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes: an adaptation layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is sent by using the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including:

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the receiver further includes: a receiver, configured to notify the terminal device of: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a receiver, configured to acquire the following information about the third network device configuration: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the identifier of the DRB, and the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the terminal device Correspondence of the ID of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the receiver is further configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a configuration of the second RLC bearer corresponding to the end of the uplink GTP tunnel relationship.

Optionally, the indication information is the uplink GTP tunnel end point.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and a configuration of the second RLC bearer is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sender 492 is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the second RLC bearer. Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device, the first network device further includes: a receiver 491, configured to receive a second message sent by the third network device, where The second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a sender, configured to send a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer.

The transmitter is further configured to notify the third network device of: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and the DRB of the terminal device The corresponding relationship of the logo.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Correspondingly, the receiver 511 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, the transmitter is further configured to notify the third network device that the message includes: the downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB of the terminal device The corresponding relationship of the logo. Notifying the terminal device of a configuration of the second RLC bearer and a correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the method further includes: configuring, by the second network device, the configuration of the first RLC bearer. Correspondingly, the receiver is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the transmitter 522 is further configured to send, by the first network device, the second message to the fourth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the configuration of the RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the transmitter is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer; and the first network device uses the DRB of the terminal device The identity of the notification is notified to the third network device.

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a message that is used by the receiver to acquire the configuration of the third network device; a correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.

Optionally, the first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the notification module is configured to notify the terminal device of the following information: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the receiving module is configured to: before receiving the first data packet of the data radio bearer sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, further comprising: acquiring the identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the second network device, the second network packet to the second network device, the first network device further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Optionally, the second RLC bearer between the second network device and the first network device further includes an adaptation layer; correspondingly, the second data packet passes through the second network device The second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are sent by the first network device, where the second data packet passes the adaptation layer, the second RLC bearer, The second MAC layer and the second physical layer transmit.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the first RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sending module is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device, where the terminal device Correspondence between the combination of the identifier and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the second RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the fifth network device. Correspondingly, the receiving module is configured to receive the second message sent by the fifth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, where the terminal Correspondence between the combination of the identifier of the device and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The third network device is the first relay device in the uplink communication path; the fourth network device is the access network device; the fifth network device is the access network device or An n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path; wherein n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. If the fifth network device is the access network device, the fourth network device and the fifth network device are the same network device.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a sending module 562, configured to send a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer, and a configuration of the RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device Corresponding relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the DRB.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the receiving module is further configured to use the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device. The method further includes an obtaining module, configured to acquire an identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the method further includes: a notification module 573, configured to notify the terminal device of the following information, where the message includes: a correspondence between an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the receiving module is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB The relationship is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sending module is further configured to send a second message to the fifth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The fourth network device is the intervention network device;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the sending module is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer; and the first network device uses the DRB of the terminal device The identifier is notified to the third network device.

Optionally, the first network device is an access network device;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the transmitter is configured to notify the terminal device of the following information: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB.

Correspondingly, the receiver, before receiving the first data packet of the data radio bearer sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, further includes: acquiring an identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the second network device, the second network packet to the second network device, the first network device further includes: a receiver, configured to receive a message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and a correspondence between the identifier of the first network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the first RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sender 612 is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device, where the terminal Correspondence between the combination of the identifier of the device and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and a combination of the identifier of the DRB and a configuration of the second RLC bearer The correspondence is configured by the fifth network device. Correspondingly, the receiver is configured to receive the second message sent by the fifth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, and an identifier of the third network device, where the terminal Correspondence between the combination of the identifier of the device and the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Correspondingly, the method further includes: a sender, configured to send a message to the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer, and a configuration of the RLC bearer and an identifier of the third network device, Correspondence between the combination of the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the DRB.

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

Optionally, the receiver is further configured to send, by the second network device, the first message, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the method further includes: the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device is configured by the third network device. And a receiver, configured to acquire an identifier of the DRB configured by the third network device.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and the configuration of the second RLC bearer are configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the transmitter is configured to notify the terminal device that the message includes: a correspondence between the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device and a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

A network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure; the network device is a first network device, and includes:

The transmitter is configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, the third data packet to the fifth network device, where the third data packet includes: a device identifier of the third network device, and the second data packet; The device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB and the configuration of the second RLC bearer.

Correspondingly, the receiver is further configured to receive the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.

Optionally, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the device identifier of the third network device, the identifier of the terminal device, and the combination of the identifier of the DRB The relationship is configured by the first network device. Correspondingly, the sender is further configured to send a second message to the fifth network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.

The fourth network device is the intervention network device;

A network device, where the network device is a first network device, includes:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device, where the first data packet includes: an identifier of the third network device, an identifier of the terminal device, and an identifier of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device a second data packet; the second data is a data packet of the DRB that is sent to the terminal device. The identifier of the third network device is that the identifier of the first network device can be uniquely identified at least under the first network device; the identifier of the terminal device is an identifier that can uniquely identify the terminal device at least under the third network device.

Correspondingly, the transmitter is further configured to send the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the RLC bearer; and the first network device uses the DRB of the terminal device The identifier is notified to the third network device.

Optionally, the first network device is an access network device;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.

Claims

A data transmission method, comprising:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first radio link to control the RLC bearer; the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

Transmitting, by the first network device, a second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer; the second data packet includes an uplink general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel destination and the first data packet; An uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel end point and the DRB of the terminal device, and the first RLC The configuration of the bearer, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
The method of claim 1 wherein

The configuration of the first RLC bearer, the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel Corresponding relationship is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the correspondence between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
Method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that

The configuration of the second RLC bearer, the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the end of the uplink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the Corresponding relationship of the end point of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the second data packet to the second network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes:

Receiving, by the first network device, the message sent by the second network device, where the message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel, and an end point of the uplink GTP tunnel and the terminal device Corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel.
A method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that

The first data packet is a packet data convergence layer PDCP packet data unit PDU, and the first data packet is carried by the first RLC bearer between the first network device and the terminal device, and the first media access Controlling the MAC layer and the first physical layer to receive;

The second data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer, a second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.
The method according to claim 4, wherein the GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further comprise: at least one of a User Datagram Protocol UDP layer, an Internet Protocol IP layer, and a PDCP layer. Floor;

Correspondingly, the second data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including :

The second data packet passes through the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and The second physical layer transmits.
The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the third data packet corresponding to the second data packet further comprises: indication information; the indication information is used to indicate the third data packet The included data packet is not a data packet of the first network device, and the third data packet includes the second data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the first data packet included in the second data packet is not the data of the first network device. package.
Method according to any of claims 1-7, characterized in that

The terminal device communicates with the base station by using the N relay devices; the first network device is the first one of the uplink communication paths of the terminal device to the base station; the second network device is The base station is either a second relay device in the uplink communication path; wherein N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
A data transmission method, comprising:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel The end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

Transmitting, by the first network device, a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP The tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
The method according to claim 9, wherein the configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device Corresponding relationship, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the first RLC bearer and the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, the first uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the first uplink GTP tunnel a correspondence between an end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a configuration of the first RLC bearer and an end point of the first uplink GTP tunnel.
Method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that

a configuration of the second RLC bearer, a second uplink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between the second uplink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the second RLC bearer Configuring a correspondence relationship with the second uplink GTP tunnel end point by the third network device;

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method further includes:

Receiving, by the first network device, the second message sent by the third network device, where the second message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer, the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP a correspondence between a tunnel end point and an identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and a correspondence between a configuration of the second RLC bearer and an end point of the second uplink GTP tunnel.
A method according to any one of claims 9-11, wherein

The first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device;

The second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device;

The third data packet is sent by a second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device.
The method according to claim 12, wherein the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further comprise: at least one of a first UDP layer, a first IP layer, and a first PDCP layer layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device. ,include:

The first data packet passes the first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the first between the first network device and the second network device The at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are received.
The method according to claim 12, wherein the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further comprise: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer layer;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device. ,include:

The third data packet passes through the second GTP-U layer, the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the second between the third network device and the first network device The at least one layer in the PDCP layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are transmitted.
The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein the fourth data packet corresponding to the first data packet further comprises: first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate the The data packet included in the fourth data packet is not the data packet of the second network device; the fourth data packet includes the first data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.
The method according to any one of claims 9 to 16, wherein the fifth data packet corresponding to the third data packet further comprises: second indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate the The data packet included in the fifth data packet is not the data packet of the first network device; the fifth data packet includes the third data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 9 to 16, wherein the second uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not the data of the first network device. package.
Method according to any of claims 9-18, characterized in that

The first network device is an nth relay device in an uplink communication path between the terminal device and a base station;

The second network device is an n-1th relay device in the uplink communication path;

The third network device is the base station or the n+1th relay device in the uplink communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay devices;

Where n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
A data transmission method, comprising:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is a data wireless of the terminal device a data packet carrying the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; The end point of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
The method according to claim 20, wherein the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, the uplink GTP tunnel destination, the configuration of the RLC bearer, and the uplink GTP tunnel destination and the terminal Corresponding relationship between the identifier of the DRB of the device, and the corresponding relationship between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end of the uplink GTP tunnel is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes:

Transmitting, by the first network device, the first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: the uplink GTP tunnel end point, the configuration of the RLC bearer, the uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the terminal device The correspondence between the identifiers of the DRBs and the correspondence between the configurations of the RLC bearers and the end points of the uplink GTP tunnels.
A method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein

The first data packet is received by a GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, a MAC layer, and a physical layer between the second network device and the first network device;

The second data packet is a PDCP PDU of the terminal device.
The method according to claim 22, wherein the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer further include: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including:

Transmitting, by the first data packet, the at least one of the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer between the second network device and the first network device The layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer receive.
The method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the third data packet corresponding to the first data packet further comprises: indication information; the indication information is used to indicate the third data packet The included data packet is not a data packet of the second network device; the first data packet is included in the third data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the uplink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not a data packet of the second network device.
A method according to any one of claims 20-25, wherein

The first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station by using N relay devices;

The second network device is an Nth relay device in an uplink communication path of the terminal device to the base station;

Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
A data transmission method, comprising:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal device The data radio bears the data packet of the DRB; wherein the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first Corresponding to the configuration of the RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The first network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration of the second RLC bearer is The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to.
The method of claim 27, further comprising:

The configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.
Method according to claim 27 or 28, characterized in that

The downlink GTP tunnel destination, the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the configuration of the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Correspondence relationship between the end of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device Describe the first network device configuration;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes:

The first network device sends a second message to the second network device, where the second message includes: the downlink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the configuration of the first RLC bearer Corresponding relationship between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The first network device notifies the terminal device of the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the correspondence between the configuration of the second RLC bearer and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A method according to any one of claims 27-29, wherein

The first data packet is received by a GTP-U layer between the first network device and the second network device, the first RLC bearer, a first MAC layer, and a first physical layer;

The second data packet is sent by the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the first network device and the terminal device.
The method according to claim 30, further comprising: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer between the GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device, including :

Transmitting, by the first data packet, the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the at least one layer of the PDCP layer between the first network device and the second network device, The first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer are received.
The method according to any one of claims 27 to 31, wherein the third data packet corresponding to the first data packet further includes: indication information; the indication information is used to indicate the third data packet What is included is not a packet of the first network device. The first data packet is included in the third data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 27 to 31, wherein the downlink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the first data packet is not the first network device.
Method according to any of claims 27-33, characterized in that

The terminal device communicates with the base station through the N relay devices;

The first network device is an Nth relay device in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device;

The second network device is the N-1th relay device in the base station or the downlink communication path. Where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
A data transmission method, comprising:

Receiving, by the first network device, the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel end point and a second data packet; and the second data packet is a terminal The data of the device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel The tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

Transmitting, by the first network device, a third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel The end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
The method of claim 35, wherein

The configuration of the first RLC bearer is configured by the second network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device receives the first message sent by the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer.
A method according to claim 35 or 36, wherein

The first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the second RLC bearer configuration, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first RLC bearer configuration, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point Corresponding relationship with the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the corresponding relationship between the first downlink GTP tunnel destination and the second downlink GTP tunnel destination is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device receives the first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, the method includes:

The first network device sends a second message to the second network device, where the second message includes: the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, the first downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the first RLC Corresponding relationship of the bearer; and a correspondence between the end point of the first downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

The first network device sends a third message to the third network device, where the third message includes: a configuration of the second RLC bearer.
A method according to any of claims 35-37, wherein

The second downlink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device, and the configuration of the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC bearer Corresponding relationship is configured by the third network device;

Correspondingly, before the sending, by the first network device, the third data packet to the third network device by using the second RLC bearer, the method includes:

Receiving, by the first network device, a fourth message sent by the third network device, where the fourth message includes: the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second RLC Corresponding relationship of the bearer; and a correspondence between the end point of the second downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A method according to any of claims 35-38, characterized in that

The first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device;

The third data packet is sent by a second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, a second MAC layer, and a second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device.
The method according to claim 39, wherein the first GTP-U layer and the first RLC bearer further comprise: at least one of a first UDP layer, a first IP layer, and a first PDCP layer layer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is received by the first GTP-U layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer, and the first physical layer between the first network device and the second network device. ,include:

Transmitting, by the first data packet, a first GTP-U layer, the first UDP layer, the first IP layer, and the first PDCP layer between the first network device and the second network device The at least one layer, the first RLC bearer, the first MAC layer and the first physical layer are received.
The method according to claim 39, wherein the second GTP-U layer and the second RLC bearer further comprise: at least one of a second UDP layer, a second IP layer, and a second PDCP layer layer;

Correspondingly, the third data packet is sent by the second GTP-U layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer between the third network device and the first network device. ,include:

Transmitting, by the third data packet, a second GTP-U layer, the second UDP layer, the second IP layer, and the second PDCP layer between the third network device and the first network device The at least one layer, the second RLC bearer, the second MAC layer, and the second physical layer are transmitted.
The method according to any one of claims 35 to 41, wherein the fourth data packet corresponding to the first data packet further includes: first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate the The data packet included in the fourth data packet is not included in the fourth data packet; the first data packet is included in the fourth data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein the fifth data packet corresponding to the third data packet further comprises: second indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate the The data packet included in the fifth data packet is not the third network device.
A method according to any of claims 35-43, wherein

The first network device is an nth relay device in a downlink communication path between the base station and the terminal device;

The second network device is an n+1th relay device or the base station in the downlink communication path;

The third network device is an n-1th relay device in the communication path;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

Where n is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than or equal to N; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
A data transmission method, comprising:

The first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is a data wireless of the terminal device a data packet carrying a DRB; the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; The end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
The method of claim 45, wherein

The configuration of the RLC bearer is configured by the first network device;

Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes:

The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, where the first message includes: a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and the downlink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device Correspondence of the identity.
A method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein

The downlink GTP tunnel end point, the correspondence between the configuration of the RLC bearer and the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, and the correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device by the second Network device configuration.

Correspondingly, before the first network device sends the first data packet to the second network device by using the RLC bearer, the method further includes:

Receiving, by the first network device, the second message sent by the second network device, where the second message includes: a downlink GTP tunnel end point, a correspondence between a configuration of the RLC bearer and an end point of the downlink GTP tunnel, And a correspondence between the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel and the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A method according to any of claims 45-47, wherein

The first data packet is sent by a GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, a MAC layer, and a physical layer between the second network device and the first network device.
The method according to claim 48, further comprising: at least one of a UDP layer, an IP layer, and a PDCP layer between the GTP-U layer and the RLC bearer;

Correspondingly, the first data packet is sent by the GTP-U layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer between the second network device and the first network device, including:

Transmitting, by the first data packet, the at least one of the GTP-U layer, the UDP layer, the IP layer, and the PDCP layer between the second network device and the first network device The layer, the RLC bearer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer are sent.
The method according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the third data packet corresponding to the first data packet further includes: indication information; the indication information is used to indicate the third data packet The data packet that is not the second network device is included; the third data packet includes the first data packet.
The method according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the downlink GTP tunnel destination is further used to indicate that the data packet included in the third data packet is not the second network device.
A method according to any of claims 45-51, characterized in that

The first network device is a base station;

The terminal device communicates with the base station through N relay devices;

The second network device is a first one of the downlink communication paths of the terminal device to the base station; where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device; the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet; and the uplink GTP tunnel end point is the An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and Corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the second data packet is The data of the terminal device radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP tunnel An end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP tunnel The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device a radio bearer of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal The data of the device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first Corresponding to the configuration of an RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration and location of the second RLC bearer The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiving module, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a sending module, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point a downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device, where the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP is The tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a sending module, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device The data packet of the downlink GTP tunnel is the downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the second network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; The downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the terminal device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet is a data packet of the data radio bearer DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a second data packet to the second network device, where the second data packet includes an uplink GTP tunnel end point and the first data packet, where the uplink GTP tunnel end point is An uplink GTP tunnel endpoint between the first network device and the second network device; an identifier of the uplink GTP tunnel endpoint and the DRB of the terminal device, and a configuration of the first RLC bearer, and Corresponding to the configuration of the second RLC bearer, the configuration of the first RLC bearer corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes a first uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet, where the second data packet is The data of the terminal device radio bears the data packet of the DRB; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first uplink GTP The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the first RLC bearer; the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device, where the third data packet includes: a second uplink GTP tunnel destination and the second data packet; and the second uplink GTP tunnel An end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the third network device; wherein the first uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second uplink GTP tunnel end point, and the second uplink GTP tunnel The tunnel end point corresponds to the configuration of the second RLC bearer; the second uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using an RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: an uplink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device a radio bearer of the DRB; the uplink GTP tunnel end point is an uplink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; and the RLC bearer configuration corresponds to the uplink GTP tunnel end point; The uplink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is the terminal The data of the device wirelessly carries the data packet of the DRB, where the downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; the downlink GTP tunnel end point and the first Corresponding to the configuration of an RLC bearer; the end point of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send the second data packet to the terminal device by using a second RLC bearer; the downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to a configuration of the second RLC bearer; and the configuration and location of the second RLC bearer The identifier of the DRB of the terminal device corresponds to.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a receiver, configured to receive a first data packet that is sent by the second network device by using the first RLC bearer, where the first data packet includes: a first downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is The data of the terminal device carries the data packet of the DRB; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point is a downlink GTP tunnel end point between the first network device and the second network device; wherein the first downlink is The GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the first RLC bearer; the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device;

a transmitter, configured to send, by using the second RLC bearer, a third data packet to the third network device; the third data packet includes a second downlink GTP tunnel end point and the second data packet; and the second downlink GTP tunnel end point a downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the third network device, where the first downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the second downlink GTP tunnel end point, and the second downlink GTP is The tunnel end point corresponds to the second RLC bearer; the second downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A network device, where the network device is a first network device, including:

a transmitter, configured to send, by using an RLC bearer, a first data packet to a second network device; the first data packet includes: a downlink GTP tunnel destination and a second data packet; and the second data packet is data of the terminal device The data packet of the downlink GTP tunnel is the downlink GTP tunnel destination between the first network device and the second network device; the configuration of the RLC bearer corresponds to the downlink GTP tunnel end point; The downlink GTP tunnel end point corresponds to the identifier of the DRB of the terminal device.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any of claims 1-8.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 9-19.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 20-26.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 20-26.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 27-34.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 35-44.
A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium comprises instructions for implementing the method of any one of claims 45-52.